1.motor Starters - Open Versions

Contents 1 - Motor starters - open version
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 1/4
1 Combination automatic motor starters

# With overload protection built into the circuit-breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/6
Combinations for assembly by the customer

# D.O.L. starters
5 With circuit-breaker and overload protection built into
the circuit-breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14
5 With circuit-breaker and overload protection by
separate thermal overload relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/16
5 With integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers with
overload protection by separate module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/18
5 With fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/20
5 With fuse protection (BS fuses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/28
# Star-delta starters
5 With circuit breaker and overload protection built into
the circuit-breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/22
5 With circuit-breaker and overload protection by
separate thermal overload relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/24
5 With fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/26
5 With fuse protection (BS fuses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/29
D.O.L. starters
# 4 to 37 kW with isolating device, pre-assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/30
Star-delta starters
# 5.5 to 132 kW without isolating device, pre-assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/33
# 7.5 to 132 kW (1), without mechanical interlock,
for customer assembly on plate or on mounting rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/35
# 90 to 375 kW, without isolating device

5 pre-assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/41
5 for customer assembly on chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/43
integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and

reversing contactor breakers
# General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/48
# Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/50
# Equipment selection for starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/54
integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing

contactor breakers
# For the control and protection of motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/66
# Add-on blocks, accessories and spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/69
# Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/73
# Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/74
# Dimensions, mounting, schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/122
1/0 Schneider Electric

contactor breakers
# For the control and protection of motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/84
1
# For the control and protection of resistive circuits in AC.1 . . . . . . . . . . page 1/86
# Add-on blocks and accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/89
# Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/95
# Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/96
# Dimensions, mounting, schemes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/122

contactor breakers
# For the control and protection of motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/108
# For the control and protection of resistive circuits in AC.1 . . . . . . . . . page 1/110
# Add-on blocks and accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/113
# Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/119
# Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/120
# Dimensions, mounting, schemes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/122
Adaptors for use with busbar systems

# With 40 mm pitch
5 Non-reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/137
5 Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/139
# With 60 mm pitch
5 Non-reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 1/137 and 1/141
5 Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 1/139 and 1/141
# Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/143
Installation system Tego Power for motor

power-starter components
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/146
# Components with spring terminals, using Quickfit technology . . . . . . page 1/153

# Components modules. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/154
Schneider Electric 1/1

Levels of service TeSys motor starters - open
version 1
Type 1 and type 2 The standard defines tests at different levels of current; the purpose of these tests is to place the equipment
coordination according in extreme conditions.
The standard defines 2 types of coordination, according to the condition of the components after testing:
to the standard / type 1
/ type 2
Type 1 coordination
Damage to the contactor and to the overload relay is permissible, provided that:
- there is no risk for the operator,
- components other than the contactor and the overload relay are not damaged.
Type 2 coordination
Slight welding of the contactor or starter contacts is permissible, provided that they can be easily separated.
After type 2 coordination tests, the control and protection equipment must be able to operate.
t To ensure proper type 2 coordination, the standard requires 3 fault current

Overload zone Low-level short-circuit Short-circuit zone tests to be performed to check that the equipment is operating correctly
zone
under overload and short-circuit conditions.
Current Ic (overload I < 10 In)

The thermal overload relay provides protection against this type of fault, up
to a value Ic (depending on Im) defined by the manufacturer.
Standard IEC 947-4-1 specifies the 2 tests to be performed to guarantee

2 coordination between the thermal overload relay and the short-circuit
protection device:
4
1 - at 0.75 Ic only the thermal overload relay must trip,
5 - at 1.25 Ic the short-circuit protection device must operate.
After the tests at 0.75 and 1.25 Ic, the tripping characteristics of the thermal
overload relays must remain unchanged.
Type 2 coordination therefore increases reliability of operation.
The contactor can close automatically after the fault has been eliminated.
Current r (low level short-circuit 10 < I < 50 In)

The main cause of this type of fault is the deterioration of insinuating materials
7
Standard IEC 947-4-1 defines an intermediate short-circuit current r. This
test current makes it possible to check whether the protection device is
3 6 providing protection against low-level short-circuits.
1 10 50 After the test, the contactor and the thermal overload relay must retain their
In 0,75 Ic Ic 1,25 Ic Ir Iq
original characteristics.
The circuit-breaker must trip within a time 10 ms for a fault current 15 In.
1 Motor thermal overload relay curve Operational current Ie Current r

2 Fuse (AC-3) (A) (kA)
3 Reliability of operation Ie 16 1
4 Thermal limit of the circuit-breaker (MA) 16 < Ie 63 3
5 Thermal overload relay limit 63 < Ie 125 5
6 Circuit breaker compulsory trip 125 < Ie 315 10
7 Magnetic trip (MA) 315 < Ie 630 18
Current Iq (short-circuit > 50 In)

This type of fault is relatively rare; it can be caused by a connection error
during maintenance work. Short-circuit protection is provided by fast
operating devices.
Standard IEC 947-4-1 defines a current Iq that is generally 50 kA.
This current Iq makes it possible to check coordination performance of the
various devices in a motor supply line.
After this test under extreme conditions, all the coordinated devices must
remain operational.
24519_Ver3.10-EN.fm/2 Schneider Electric

1
Selection
No coordination
Considerable risks to the operator, and also of physical injury and damage to equipment.
Not authorised by standards:
- NF C 15-100 article 133-1,
- EN 60-204-1 article 1.1/4.2,
- IEC 947-4-1 article 7.2.5.
Type 1 coordination
The most frequently used solution.

Equipment costs are lower.
Before restarting, it may be necessary to repair the motor starter; reliability of operation is not a requirement.
Consequences :
/ significant amount of machine downtime,
/ skilled maintenance personnel required to repair, check, obtain supplies.
Example: air conditioning in commercial premises,...
Type 2 coordination
This solution ensures reliability of operation
Consequences
/ reduced machine downtime,
/ simple operation.
Example: escalators,...
Total coordination
With this solution, no damage or misadjustment is permissible
Consequences
/ immediate return to service,
/ no special precautions required.
Example : smoke extraction, fire-fighting pumps,...
Schneider Electric 24519_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3

Selection guide TeSys motor starters - open
version 1
Applications Pre-assembled starters
Small machines starting under full load: D.O.L. starters Machines requiring
smooth starting or
slowing down
Type of starter D.O.L. starters with circuit-breakers D.O.L. starters with Soft start units or
fuse protection in association with
Level of service Type 1 co-ordination Type 2 co-ordination
Power at 400 V Up to 5.5 kW Up to 15 kW Up to 37 kW Up to 45 kW
Type of components Combination automatic motor starter with overload Fuse carrier Soft start unit
protection built into the circuit-breaker + plate mounted
contactor
Pages 24520/2 and 24520/3 24520/4 and 24520/5 24520/6 and 24520/7 24546/2 24075/2 and 24075/3
0248Q-EN_Ver2.11.fm/2 Schneider Electric

1
Starters for customer assembly
Machines starting under Small machines starting under full load: D.O.L. starters
no-load: star-delta starters Machines starting under no-load: star-delta starters
star-delta starters to be used D.O.L. or star-delta starters with circuit-breakers D.O.L. or star-delta starters with fuses
a circuit-breaker or fuses
Total co-ordination Type 1 and type 2 co-ordination
Up to 132 kW Up to 30 kW Up to 110 kW Up to 315 kW Up to 315 kW Up to 355 kW
3 contactors (line, star and Contactor- Thermal magnetic Thermal-magnetic Fuse carrier Switch-disconnector-fuse
delta, mounted on plate or breaker circuit-breaker circuit-breaker + contactor(s) + contactor(s)
rail) + contactor(s) + contactor(s) + thermal overload + thermal overload relay
+ thermal overload relay
relay
24547/3 24570/2 and 24570/3 24539/2 and 24539/3 24540/2 and 24540/3 24541/2 and 24544/2 24541/3 and 24544/3 to 24545/3
24542/2 and 24542/3 24543/2 and 24543/3
Schneider Electric 0248Q-EN_Ver2.11.fm/3

References TeSys motor starters - open
version 1
Combination automatic motor starters

with overload protection built into the circuit-breaker
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.37 to 5.5 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination
This pre-assembled combination comprises:

- 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-ME,
- 1 3-pole contactor,
- 1 combination block GV2-AF01.
Characteristics
Starter type GV2- ME06K1 ME07K1 ME08K1 ME10K1 ME14K1 ME16K1
Breaking capacity (Iq) (1) To IEC-947-4-1 400/415 V kA 50 50 50 50 50 15

440 V kA 50 50 50 50 15 8
500 V kA 50 50 50 50 10 (4 kW) 6
6 (5.5 kW)
References
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing

810484
Standard Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight

power ratings range of magnetic Motor Contactor Basic reference.
of 3-phase thermal tripping circuit- Reference Complete with code
motors trips current breaker to be indicating control
50/60 Hz 13 Irth Reference completed (3) circuit voltage (2)
in AC-3
400/
415V 440V 500V
kW kW kW A A kg
0.37 0.37 0.37 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC1-K06 GV2-ME06K1pp 0.460

0.55 0.55 0.55
0.75
0.75 0.75 1.62.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC1-K06 GV2-ME07K1pp 0.460

1.1 1.1
1.1 1.5 2.54 51 GV2-ME08 LC1-K06 GV2-ME08K1pp 0.460

1.5 1.5 2.2
GV2-ME06K1pp
2.2 2.2 46.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC1-K06 GV2-ME10K1pp 0.460
3 3
3 4 610 138 GV2-ME14 LC1-K09 GV2-ME14K1pp 0.460

4 4 5.5
5.5 5.5 7.5 914 170 GV2-ME16 LC1-K12 GV2-ME16K1pp 0.460
Add-on blocks
Description Sold Unit Weight
in reference
lots of kg
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10 GV2-AF01 0.020
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see
page 24509/5.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400
a 50/60 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7
c (4) BW3
(3) Please consult your Regional Sales Office.
(4) Coil: low consumption (1.5 W), wide range (0.71.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.
Dimensions: Schemes:
page 24536/2 page 24536/3
24520-EN_Ver5.2.fm/2 Schneider Electric

version 1

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.37 to 5.5 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

- 1 3-pole reversing contactor,
Characteristics
Starter type GV2- ME06K2 ME07K2 ME08K2 ME10K2 ME14K2 ME16K2
Breaking capacity (Iq) (1) To IEC-947-4-1 400/415 V kA 50 50 50 50 50 15

440 V kA 50 50 50 50 15 8
500 V kA 50 50 50 50 10 (4 kW) 6
6 (5.5 kW)
References
D.O.L. starters, reversing

810485

power ratings range of magnetic Motor Reversing Basic reference.
of 3-phase thermal tripping circuit- contactor Complete with code
motors trips current breaker Reference indicating control
50/60 Hz 13 Irth Reference to be circuit voltage (2)
in AC-3 completed (3)
400/
415V 440V 500V
kW kW kW A A kg
0.37 0.37 0.37 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC2-K06 GV2-ME06K2pp 0.460

0.55 0.55 0.55
0.75
0.75 0.75 1.62.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC2-K06 GV2-ME07K2pp 0.460

1.1 1.1
1.1 1.5 2.54 51 GV2-ME08 LC2-K06 GV2-ME08K2pp 0.460

1.5 1.5 2.2
GV2-ME06K2pp
2.2 2.2 46.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC2-K06 GV2-ME10K2pp 0.460
3 3
3 4 610 138 GV2-ME14 LC2-K09 GV2-ME14K2pp 0.460

4 4 5.5
5.5 5.5 7.5 914 170 GV2-ME16 LC2-K12 GV2-ME16K2pp 0.460
Add-on blocks
in reference
lots of kg
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10 GV2-AF01 0.020
page 24509/5.
Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400
a 50/60 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7
c (4) BW3
(3) Please consult your Regional Sales Office.
(4) Coil: low consumption (1.5 W), wide range (0.71.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.
page 24536/2 page 24536/3
Schneider Electric 24520-EN_Ver5.2.fm/3
version 1

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

Characteristics
Starter type GV2- DM102 DM114 DM116 DM120 DM121 DM122 DM132
to DM110
Breaking capacity (Iq) (1) To IEC-947-4-1 400/415 V kA 50 50 15 15 15 15 10

440 V kA 50 15 8 8 6 6 6
500 V kA 50 10 6 6 4 4 4
References
D.O.L. starters, non-reversing (3)

of 3-phase thermal tripping circuit- Reference Complete with code
in AC-3
400/
415V 440V 500V
kW kW kW A A kg
810486
0.06 0.06 0.160.25 2.4 GV2-ME02 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM102pp 0.596

0.09 0.09
0.12 0.250.40 5 GV2-ME03 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM103pp 0.596
0.12
0.18 0.18 0.400.63 8 GV2-ME04 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM104pp 0.596
0.25 0.25
0.37 0.37 0.631 13 GV2-ME05 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM105pp 0.596
0.37
0.55 0.55 0.55 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM106pp 0.596
0.75
0.75 0.75
1.1 1.5
1.5 1.5 2.2 2.54 51 GV2-ME08 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM108pp 0.596
2.2 2.2
3 3 46.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM110pp 0.596
3 4
4 4 5.5 610 138 GV2-ME14 LC1-D09pp GV2-DM114pp 0.596
5.5 5.5 7.5 914 170 GV2-ME16 LC1-D12pp GV2-DM116pp 0.601

7.5 7.5
9 9 1318 223 GV2-ME20 LC1-D18pp GV2-DM120pp 0.606
GV2-DM102pp
9 11 11 1723 327 GV2-ME21 LC1-D25pp GV2-DM121pp 0.646
Add-on blocks
Description Mounting of Sold in Unit Weight
GV2 lots of reference kg
Combination block between circuit-breaker 5 rail 10 GV2-AF3 0.016

and contactor
Mtg. plate 10 GV2-AF4 0.016
LAD-311
page 24509/5.
Volts 24 220 230
50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (5) BD
(3) Can be combined with type 2, see page 24539/3.
(4) See page 24501/2.
(5) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.
page 24536/2 page 24536/3

version 1

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

Characteristics
Starter type GV2- DM202 DM214 DM216 DM220 DM221 DM222 DM232
to DM210

440 V kA 50 15 8 8 6 6 6
500 V kA 50 10 6 6 4 4 4
References
D.O.L. starters, reversing (3)

400/
415V 440V 500V
810487
kW kW kW A A kg

0.09 0.09
0.12 0.250.40 5 GV2-ME03 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM203pp 0.963
0.12
0.18 0.18 0.400.63 8 GV2-ME04 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM204pp 0.963
0.25 0.25
0.37 0.37 0.631 13 GV2-ME05 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM205pp 0.963
0.37
0.55 0.55 0.55 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM206pp 0.963
0.75
0.75 0.75
1.1 1.5
1.5 1.5 2.2 2.54 51 GV2-ME08 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM208pp 0.963
2.2 2.2
3 3 46.3 78 GV2-ME10 LC2-D09pp GV2-DM210pp 0.963
3 4
5.5 5.5 7.5 914 170 GV2-ME16 LC2-D12pp GV2-DM216pp 0.973

7.5 7.5
GV2-DM202pp
9 11 11 1723 327 GV2-ME21 LC2-D25pp GV2-DM221pp 1.063
Add-on blocks
Description Mounting Sold in Unit Weight
of GV2 lots of reference kg

and contactor
LAD-311
page 24509/5.
Volts 24 220 230
50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (5) BD
(3) Can be combined with type 2, see page 24540/3.
(4) See page 24501/2.
page 24536/2 page 24536/3
version 1

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 2 coordination

- 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-P,
- 1 combination block GV2-AF3
Characteristics
Starter type GV2- DP102 DP114 DP116 DP120 DP121 DP122 DP132
to DP110

440 V kA 130 130 50 20 20 20 20
500 V kA 130 50 42 10 10 10 10
References

of 3-phase thermal tripping circuit Reference Complete with code
in AC-3
400/
415V 440V 500V
810488
kW kW kW A A kg
0.06 0.06 0.160.25 2.4 GV2-P02 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP102pp 0.686

0.09
0.09 0.12 0.250.40 5 GV2-P03 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP103pp 0.686
0.12
0.18 0.18 0.400.63 8 GV2-P04 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP104pp 0.686
0.25 0.25
0.37 0.37 0.631 13 GV2-P05 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP105pp 0.686
0.37
0.55 0.55 0.55 11.6 22.5 GV2-P06 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP106pp 0.686
0.75
0.75 0.75
1.1 1.1 1.62.5 33.5 GV2-P07 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP107pp 0.686
1.1 1.5
1.5 1.5 2.2 2.54 51 GV2-P08 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP108pp 0.696
2.2 2.2
3 3 46.3 78 GV2-P10 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP110pp 0.736
3 4
4 4 5.5 610 138 GV2-P14 LC1-D09pp GV2-DP114pp 0.736
5.5 5.5 7.5
7.5 9 914 170 GV2-P16 LC1-D25pp GV2-DP116pp 0.741
7.5 9 1318 223 GV2-P20 LC1-D25pp GV2-DP120pp 0.736

GV2-DP102pp
9 11 11 1723 327 GV2-P21 LC1-D25pp GV2-DP121pp 0.741
11 15 2025 327 GV2-P22 LC1-D25pp GV2-DP122pp 0.741
15 15 18.5 2432 416 GV2-P32 LC1-D32pp GV2-DP132pp 0.741
Add-on blocks
Description Mounting of Sold in Unit Weight
GV2 lots of reference kg

and contactor

LAD-311
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see
page 24509/5.
Volts 24 220 230
50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (4) BD
(3) See page 24501/2.
page 24536/2 page 24536/3

version 1

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415, type 2 coordination

- 1 motor circuit-breaker type GV2-P,
Characteristics
Starter type GV2- DP202 DP214 DP216 DP220 DP221 DP222 DP232
to DP210

440 V kA 130 130 50 20 20 20 20
500 V kA 130 50 42 10 10 10 10
References

400/
415V 440V 500V
810489
kW kW kW A A kg
0.06 0.06 0.160.25 2.4 GV2-P02 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP202pp 1.053

0.09
0.09 0.12 0.250.40 5 GV2-P03 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP203pp 1.053
0.12
0.18 0.18 0.400.63 8 GV2-P04 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP204pp 1.053
0.25 0.25
0.37 0.37 0.631 13 GV2-P05 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP205pp 1.053
0.37
0.55 0.55 0.55 11.6 22.5 GV2-P06 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP206pp 1.053
0.75
0.75 0.75
1.1 1.1 1.62.5 33.5 GV2-P07 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP207pp 1.053
1.1 1.5
1.5 1.5 2.2 2.54 51 GV2-P08 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP208pp 1.073
2.2 2.2
3 3 46.3 78 GV2-P10 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP210pp 1.153
3 4
4 4 5.5 610 138 GV2-P14 LC2-D09pp GV2-DP214pp 1.153
5.5 5.5 7.5
7.5 9 914 170 GV2-P16 LC2-D25pp GV2-DP216pp 1.163
7.5 9 1318 223 GV2-P20 LC2-D25pp GV2-DP220pp 1.153

GV2-DP202pp
9 11 11 1723 327 GV2-P21 LC2-D25pp GV2-DP221pp 1.163
11 15 2025 327 GV2-P22 LC2-D25pp GV2-DP222pp 1.163
15 15 18.5 2432 416 GV2-P32 LC2-D32pp GV2-DP232pp 1.163
Add-on blocks
Description Mounting Sold Unit Weight
of in reference
GV2 lots of kg

and contactor
LAD-311
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see
page 24509/5.
Volts 24 220 230
50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (4) BD
(3) See page 24501/2.
page 24536/2 page 24536/3
Dimensions, TeSys motor starters - open
mounting version 1
GV2-MEppKppp
On mounting rail AM1-DE200 GV2-MEppK1pp GV2-MEpp K2pp
152
152
11 66 45 90
87
GV2-DM ppppp
On mounting rail AM1-DE200 With adapter plate LAD-311 GV2-DM1pppp GV2-DM2pppp
b
125 3
c1 45 90
c
c1
c
d1
GV2- DMp02pp to DM p21pp to GV2- DMp 02pp to DMp21pp to
DMp20pp DM p32pp DMp 20pp DMp32pp
b 176.4 186.8 b 234 234
c 99.6 105.9 c 135.6 141.9
c1 94.1 100.4 c1 130.1 136.4
d 112.5 112.5
d1 107 107
GV2-DP ppppp
On mounting rail AM1-DE200 With adapter plate LAD-311 GV2-DP1pppp GV2-DP2pppp
1
b
b
125 3
c1 45
c 90
d1
d c1
c
GV2- DPp02pp to DP p10pp to GV2- DPp02pp to DPp10pp to
DPp08pp DP p32pp DPp08pp DPp32pp
b 176.4 186.8 b 234 234
c 105.6 111.9 c 141.6 147.9
c1 100.1 106.4 c1 136.5 142.4
d 100.5 100.5
d1 95 95
References :
pages 24520/2 to 24520/7

A2 A1 A2 A1
KM1
A2 A1 T1/2 1/L1 2/T1 1/L1 T1/2 1/L1 2/T1 1/L1
T2/4 3/L2 4/T2 3/L2 T2/4 3/L2 4/T2 3/L2
T3/6 5/L3 6/T3 5/L3 T3/6 5/L3 6/T3 5/L3
GV2-MEppK2pp
GV2-MEppK1pp
Control circuit a
14 13/NO 14 13/NO
References :
Mechanical interlock
02 02 01 01
Schneider Electric
Schemes
T1/2 1/L1
T2/4 3/L2
with integral electrical contacts
pages 24520/2 to 24520/7

A2 A1
T3/6 5/L3
14 13/NO
KM2
A2 A1
A2 A1 A2 A1
KM1
A2 A1 01 02 2 1 L1 2/T1 1/L1 1/L1
T1/2 1/L1 2/T1
4 3 L2 4/T2 3/L2 T2/4 3/L2 4/T2 3/L2
GV2-DM2pppp
GV2-DM1pppp
6 5 L3 6/T3 5/L3 T3/6 5/L3 6/T3 5/L3

14 13/NO 14 13/NO
A2 A1 01 02 22 21/NC 22 21/NC
U 2 1
KM2
V 4 3
version
W 6 5
14 13/NO
22 21/NC
A2 A1
A2 A1
A2 A1
KM1
2 1 L1 2/T1 1/L1 T1/2 1/L1 2/T1 1/L1
A1
4 3 L2 4/T2 3/L2 T2/4 3/L2 4/T2 3/L2
A2
GV2-DP2pppp
GV2-DP1pppp
6 5 L3 6/T3 5/L3 T3/6 5/L3 6/T3 5/L3

Control circuit c
14 13/NO 14 13/NO
22 21/NC 22 21/NC
A1
U 2 1
TeSys motor starters - open
V 4 3
KM2
A2
W 6 5
14 13/NO
22 21/NC
A2 A1
1
24536-EN_Ver2.11.fm/3
Combinations for assembly TeSys motor starters - open
by the customer version 1
D.O.L. starters with circuit-breaker

and overload protection built into the circuit-breaker
0.06 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Setting Reference
400/415 V 440 V 500 V (2) range of
P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) thermal trips
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A
0.06 0.22 50 0.06 0.19 50 GV2-ME02 0.160.25 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09

0.09 0.28 50
0.09 0.36 50 0.12 0.37 50 GV2-ME03 0.250.40 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09
0.12 0.42 50
0.18 0.6 50 0.18 0.55 50 GV2-ME04 0.400.63 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09
0.25 0.88 50 0.25 0.76 50
0.37 0.98 50 0.37 0.99 50 GV2-ME05 0.631 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09
0.37 1 50
0.55 1.5 50 0.55 1.36 50 0.55 1.21 50 GV2-ME06 11.6 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09
0.75 1.5 50 GV2-ME06 11.6 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09

0.75 2 50 0.75 1.68 50
1.1 2.37 50 1.1 2 50 GV2-ME07 1.6.2.5 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09
1.1 2.5 50 1.5 2.6 50
1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 2.2 3.8 50 GV2-ME08 2.54 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09
2.2 5 50 2.2 4.42 50
3 5.77 50 3 5 50 GV2-ME10 46.3 LC1-K06 or LC1-D09
3 6.5 50 4 6.5 10
4 8.4 50 4 7.9 15 5.5 9 10 GV2-ME14 610 LC1-K09 or LC1-D09
5.5 11 15 5.5 10.4 8 7.5 12 6 GV2-ME16 914 LC1-K12 or LC1-D12

7.5 14.8 15 7.5 13.7 8 9 13.9 6
9 16.9 8 GV2-ME20 1318 LC1-D18
9 18.1 15 11 20.1 6 11 18.4 4 GV2-ME21 1723 LC1-D25
11 21 15 15 23 4 GV2-ME22 2025 LC1-D25
15 28.5 10 15 26.5 6 18.5 28.5 4 GV2-ME32 2432 LC1-D32
18.5 35 35 18.5 32.8 25 18.5 28.5 8 GV3-ME40 2540 LC1-D38
22 39 25 22 33 8 GV3-ME40 2540 LC1-D40
22 42 35 30 45 8 GV3-ME63 4063 LC1-D50
30 57 35 30 51.5 25 37 55 8 GV3-ME63 4063 LC1-D65
37 64 10 45 65 4 GV3-ME80 5680 LC1-D65
37 64 25 45 65 18 GV7-RE80 4880 LC1-D65
37 69 15 45 76 10 55 80 4 GV3-ME80 5680 LC1-D80
37 69 25 45 76 25 55 80 18 GV7-RE80 4880 LC1-D80
45 81 25 GV7-RE100 60100 LC1-D95
50 90 25 GV7-RE100 60100 LC1-D115
55 100 25 75 105 30 GV7-RE150 90150 LC1-D115
75 135 35 75 125 35 90 129 30 GV7-RE150 90150 LC1-D150
90 146 35 GV7-RE150 90150 LC1-F185
90 165 35 110 156 30 GV7-RE220 132220 LC1-F185

132 187 30
110 178 35 160 220 30 GV7-RE220 132220 LC1-F265
110 200 35 132 215 35 GV7-RE220 132220 LC1-F225

(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5.
(2) For reversing operation, replace the reference prefix LC1 by LC2.



Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Setting Reference
400/415 V 440 V 500 V (2) range of (3)
P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) thermal trips
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A
0.06 0.22 130 0.06 0.19 130 GV2-P02 or GV2-ME02 0.160.25 LC1-D09
0.09 0.28 130
0.09 0.36 130 0.12 0.37 130 GV2-P03 or GV2-ME03 0.250.4 LC1-D09
0.12 0.42 130
0.18 0.6 130 0.18 0.55 130 GV2-P04 or GV2-ME04 0.40.63 LC1-D09
0.25 0.88 130 0.25 0.76 130
0.37 0.98 130 0.37 0.99 130 GV2-P05 or GV2-ME05 0.631 LC1-D09
0.37 1 130
0.55 1.5 130 0.55 1.36 130 0.55 1.21 130 GV2-P06 or GV2-ME06 11.6 LC1-D09
0.75 1.5 130 GV2-P06 or GV2-ME06 11.6 LC1-D09

0.75 2 130 0.75 1.68 130
1.1 2.37 130 1.1 2 130 GV2-P07 or GV2-ME07 1.62.5 LC1-D09
1.1 2.5 130 1.5 2.6 130
1.5 3.5 130 1.5 3.06 130 2.2 3.8 130 GV2-P08 or GV2-ME08 2.54 LC1-D09

2.2 5 130 GV2-P10 or GV2-ME10 46.3 LC1-D09
2.2 4.42 50
3 5.77 50 3 5 50 GV2-ME10 46.3 LC1-D09
2.2 4.42 130
3 5.77 130 3 5 130 GV2-P10 46.3 LC1-D09
3 6.5 130
4 8.4 130 GV2-P14 or GV2-ME14 610 LC1-D09
4 7.9 15 4 6.5 10
5.5 9 10 GV2-ME14 610 LC1-D09
4 6.5 50
4 7.9 130 5.5 9 50 GV2-P14 610 LC1-D12
5.5 11 130 5.5 10.4 50 7.5 12 42
7.5 13.7 50 9 13.9 42 GV2-P16 or GV2-ME16 914 LC1-D25
7.5 14.8 50 9 16.9 20 GV2-P20 or GV2-ME20 1318 LC1-D25

9 18.1 50 11 20.1 20 11 18.4 10 GV2-P21 or GV2-ME21 1723 LC1-D25
11 21 50 GV2-P22 or GV2-ME22 2025 LC1-D25

15 23 10 GV2-P22 2025 LC1-D32
15 28.5 35 15 26.5 25 18.5 28.5 10 GV2-P32 or GV2-ME32 2540 LC1-D32

15 28.5 70 15 26.5 65 18.5 28.5 50 GV7-RS40 2540 LC1-D40
18.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 65 22 33 50 GV7-RS40 2540 LC1-D40
22 39 65 GV7-RS40 2540 LC1-D80
30 45 50 GV7-RS50 3050 LC1-D80

37 55 50 GV7-RS80 4880 LC1-D80
22 42 70 GV7-RS50 3050 LC1-D80

30 57 70 30 51.5 65 GV7-RS80 4880 LC1-D80
37 69 70 37 64 65 GV7-RS80 4880 LC1-D80
45 76 65 GV7-RS80 4880 LC1-D80
45 65 50 GV7-RS80 4880 LC1-D115
55 80 50 GV7-RS80 4880 LC1-D115

45 81 70
55 90 65 GV7-RS100 60100 LC1-D115
55 100 70 75 125 65
75 135 70 90 146 65 90 129 50 GV7-RS150 90150 LC1-D150
90 165 70 110 178 65 110 156 50 GV7-RS220 132220 LC1-F185
110 200 70 132 215 65 GV7-RS220 132220 LC1-F225

132 187 50
160 220 50 GV7-RS220 132220 LC1-F265
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5.
(2) Combinations with circuit-breaker GV2-ME are type 2 coordinated only at 400/415 V and 440 V.


and overload protection by separate thermal overload relay

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Rat- Irm Reference Reference Setting
400/415 V 440 V 500 V ing (1) (2) range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A
0.06 0.22 50 0.06 0.19 50 GV2-LE03 0.4 5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0302 0.160.23
0.09 0.28 50 GV2-LE03 0.4 5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0303 0.230.36
0.09 0.36 50 0.12 0.37 50 GV2-LE03 0.4 5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0304 0.360.54
0.12 0.42 50 GV2-LE04 0.63 8 LC1-K06 LR2-K0304 0.360.54
0.18 0.6 50 0.18 0.55 50 GV2-LE04 0.63 8 LC1-K06 LR2-K0305 0.540.8
0.25 0.76 50 GV2-LE05 1 13 LC1-K06 LR2-K0305 0.540.8
0.25 0.88 50
0.37 1 50 0.37 1 50 0.37 1 50 GV2-LE05 1 13 LC1-K06 LR2-K0306 0.81.2
0.55 1.5 50 0.55 1.36 50 0.55 1.21 50
0.75 1.5 50 GV2-LE06 1.6 22.5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0307 1.21.8
0.75 1.68 50 GV2-LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0307 1.21.8
0.75 2 50
1.1 2.5 50 1.1 2.37 50 1.1 2 50 GV2-LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1-K06 LR2-K0308 1.82.6
1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 1.5 2.6 50 GV2-LE08 4 51 LC1-K06 LR2-K0310 2.63.7
2.2 3.8 50 GV2-LE08 4 51 LC1-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5
2.2 5 50 2.2 4.4 50 3 5 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC1-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5
3 5.77 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC1-K06 LR2-K0314 5.58
4 7.9 15 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-K09 LR2-K0314 5.58
3 6.5 50 4 6.5 10 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-K09 LR2-K0314 5.58
4 8.4 50 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-K09 LR2-K0316 811.5
5.5 11 15 5.5 10.4 8 7.5 12 6 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC1-K12 LR2-K0321 1014
7.5 13.7 8 9 13.9 6 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218
7.5 14.8 15 9 16.9 8 GV2-LE20 18 223 LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218
9 18.1 15 11 18.4 4 GV2-LE22 25 327 LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624
11 21 15 11 20.1 6 15 23 4 GV2-LE22 25 327 LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624
15 28.5 10 15 26.5 6 18.5 26.5 4 GV2-LE32 32 416 LC1-D32 LRD-32 2332
18.5 35 70 18.5 32.5 65 NS80HMA 50 500 LC1-D38 LRD-35 3038
22 33 25 NS80HMA 50 450 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 3040
22 39 65 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1-D40 LRD-3357 3750
22 42 70 30 40 25 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 3750
30 57 70 30 51.5 65 NS80HMA 50 880 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865
37 64 65 37 55 25 NS80HMA 80 960 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865
45 65 25 NS80HMA 80 960 LC1-D80 LRD-3361 5570
37 69 70 45 76 65 55 80 25 NS80HMA 80 1040 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380
45 81 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 1300 LC1-D95 LRD-3365 80104
50 90 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 1200 LC1-D115 LRD-4365 80104
75 105 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1500 LC1-D115 LRD-4367 95120
55 100 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1350 LC1-D115 LRD-4367 95120
75 135 (3) 75 125 (3) 90 129 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1800 LC1-D150 LRD-4369 110140
90 146 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1950 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220
90 165 (3) 110 156 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2200 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220
110 200 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2640 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220
110 178 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2420 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220
132 187 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2640 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132220
132 215 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2860 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132220
132 240 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3200 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
160 220 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 2860 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
160 256 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3520 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
160 285 (3) 200 321 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 4160 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
200 281 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3840 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
220 310 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 4160 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
200 352 (3) 220 353 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5000 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
250 401 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5550 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
250 360 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5000 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
220 388 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
250 437 (3) 280 470 (3) 315 445 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 6000 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500
355 500 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 6500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7381 380630
(1) Irm: magnetic trip setting current.
(3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the (/) with the breaking performance code
Breaking performance Iq (kA) NS100/MA NS160/MA and NS250/MA NS400/MA and NS630/MA
400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130
440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130
500 V 18 50 30 50 50 70
660/690 V 8 10 8 10 20 35
Code N H N H H L



Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm Reference Reference Setting
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq (1) (2) range
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A
0.06 0.22 130 0.06 0.19 130 GV2-L03 or LE03 0.4 5 LC1-D09 LRD-02 0.160.25
0.09 0.36 130 0.09 0.28 130
0.12 0.37 130 GV2-L03 or LE03 0.4 5 LC1-D09 LRD-03 0.250.40
0.12 0.42 130 0.12 0.37 130
0.18 0.6 130 0.18 0.55 130 GV2-L04 or LE04 0.63 8 LC1-D09 LRD-04 0.40.63
0.25 0.88 130 0.25 0.76 130
0.37 0.98 130 0.37 0.99 130 GV2-L05 or LE05 1 13 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.631
0.37 0.99 130 0.37 1 130 GV2-L05 or LE05 1 13 LC1-D09 LRD-06 11.7
0.55 1.6 130 0.55 1.21 130
0.55 1.36 130 0.75 1.5 130 GV2-L06 or LE06 1.6 22.5 LC1-D09 LRD-06 11.7
0.75 2 130 0.75 1.68 130 1.1 2 130 GV2-L07 or LE07 2.5 33.5 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.62.5
1.1 2.5 130 1.1 2.37 130 1.5 2.6 130
1.5 3.5 130 2.2 3.8 130 GV2-L08 or LE08 4 51 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.54
1.5 3.06 130 GV2-L08 or LE08 4 51 LC1-D09 LRD-10 46
2.2 5 130
3 5 13 GV2-L10 or LE10 6.3 78 LC1-D09 LRD-10 46
2.2 4.42 50
3 5.77 50 3 5 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC1-D09 LRD-10 46
2.2 4.42 130
3 5.77 130 3 5 130 GV2-L10 6.3 78 LC1-D09 LRD-10 46
3 6.5 130 GV2-L14 or LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.58
4 6.5 10 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-D12 LRD-12 5.58
4 6.5 50 GV2-L14 10 138 LC1-D12 LRD-12 5.58
4 8.4 130 GV2-L14 or LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710
4 7.9 15 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710
4 7.9 130 GV2-L14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710
5.5 9 10 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710
5.5 9 50 GV2-L14 10 138 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710
5.5 11 130 5.5 10.4 50 7.5 12 42 GV2-L16 14 170 LC1-D25 LRD-16 913
7.5 13.7 50 GV2-L16 14 170 LC1-D25 LRD-21 1218
7.5 14.8 50 9 16.9 20 9 13.9 42 GV2-L20 18 223 LC1-D25 LRD-21 1218
9 18.1 50
11 21 50 11 20.1 20 GV2-L22 25 327 LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624
11 18.4 10
15 23 10 GV2-L22 25 327 LC1-D32 LRD-22 1624
15 28.5 50 15 26.5 20 18.5 28.5 10 GV2-L32 32 416 LC1-D40 LRD-3353 2332
22 33 25 NS80HMA 50 450 LC1-D40 LRD-3353 2332
18.5 35 70 18.5 32.5 65 NS80HMA 50 550 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 3040
22 42 70 22 39 65 30 45 25 NS80HMA 50 650 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 3750
30 51.5 65
30 57 70 37 64 65 37 55 25 NS80HMA 80 880 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865
37 55 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 880 LC1-D80 LRD-3359 4865
45 65 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 960 LC1-D80 LRD-3361 5570
37 69 70 45 76 65 NS80HMA 80 1000 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380
55 80 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 1040 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380
45 81 (3) 55 90 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 1300 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60100
55 100 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1500 LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90150
75 105 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1050 LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90150
75 135 (3) 75 125 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
90 146 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1950 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
90 129 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1200 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
90 165 (3) 110 178 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2420 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220
110 156 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 1540 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220
110 200 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2860 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220
132 215 (3) 132 187 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 2200 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132220
132 240 (3) 160 256 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3520 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
160 220 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 2200 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
160 285 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 4000 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
200 321 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 4000 LC1-F330 LR9-F7379 300500
200 281 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200330
220 310 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 3500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
220 353 (3)
200 352 (3) 250 401 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
250 360 (3)
315 445 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 4500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500
220 388 (3)
250 437 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 6250 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500
355 500 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 5000 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380630
(3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the (/) with the breaking performance code: see page opposite.

D.O.L. starters with integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers

with overload protection by separate module
0.06 to 4 kW at 400/415 V (total coordination)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Contactor breaker Protection module
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Without control With control Reference Setting range
400/415 V 440 V 500 V test function test function Thermal Magnetic
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq Reference Reference (2) (3)
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A
0.06 0.22 70 0.06 0.19 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P02 0.160.25 3.8
0.09 0.36 70 0.09 0.28 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P03 0.250.4 6

or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M03 0.250.4 2.44.8
0.12 0.37 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P03 0.250.4 6

0.12 0.42 70 0.18 0.55 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P04 0.40.63 9.5

0.18 0.6 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P04 0.40.63 9.5

0.25 0.88 70 0.25 0.76 70 0.37 1 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P05 0.631 15

or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M05 0.631 612
0.37 1 70 0.37 1 70 0.55 1.21 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P06 11.6 24

or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M06 11.6 9.519
0.55 1.5 70 0.55 1.36 70 0.75 1.5 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P06 11.6 24

or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M06 11.6 9.519
0.75 2 70 0.75 1.68 70 1.1 2 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P07 1.62.5 37.5

or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M07 1.62.5 1530
1.1 2.37 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P07 1.62.5 37.5

or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M07 1.62.5 1530
1.1 2.5 70 1.5 2.6 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P08 2.54 60

1.5 3.5 70 1.5 3.06 70 2.2 3.8 70 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P08 2.54 60

2.2 5 70 2.2 4.42 (1) 3 5 15 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P10 46 90

3 5.77 (1) LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P10 46 90

3 6.5 70 4 7.9 (1) 4 6.5 15 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P13 610 150

4 8.4 70 5.5 9 15 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P13 610 150

(1) Iq = 40 kA for LD1-LB; Iq = 70 kA for LD/-LC.

(2) Irth min to Irth max.
(3) For LB1-LB, the magnetic protection is fixed, set at 15 Irth max. For LB1-LC, the magnetic protection is adjustable from 6 to 12 Irth max.

D.O.L. starters with integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers

with overload protection by separate module
5.5 to 30 kW at 400/415 V (total coordination)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Contactor breaker Protection module
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Without control With control Reference Setting range
400/415 V 440 V 500 V test function test function Thermal Magnetic
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq Reference Reference (3) (4)
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A
5.5 11 70 5.5 10.4 (1) 7.5 12 (2) LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P17 1016 240
or LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M17 1016 95190
7.5 14.8 70 7.5 13.7 (1) LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P17 1016 240

9 13.9 (2) LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P21 1218 270

9 18.1 70 9 16.9 (1) LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P21 1218 270

11 21 70 11 20.1 70 11 18.4 20 LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M22 1625 150300
15 23 20 LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M22 1625 150300
15 28.5 70 15 26.5 30 18.5 28.5 15 LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M53 2332 190380
18.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 70 22 33 35 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M55 2840 240480
22 39 70 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M55 2840 240480
22 42 70 30 45 35 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M57 3550 300600
30 57 70 30 51.5 40 37 55 35 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M61 4563 380760
33 58.5 40 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LB1-LD03M61 4563 380760
(1) Iq = 40 kA for LD1-LB ; Iq = 70 kA for LD/-LC.

(2) Iq = 10 kA for LD1-LB ; Iq = 25 kA for LD/-LC.
(3) Irth min to Irth max.
(4) For LB1-LB, the magnetic protection is fixed, set at 15 Irth max. For LB1-LC and LB1-LD, the magnetic protection is adjustable from 6 to 12 Irth max.

D.O.L. starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Fuse carrier (1) aM fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (basic block) Size Rating Reference
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference (2) Reference Setting
P Ie P Ie P Ie range
kW A kW A kW A A A
0.06 0.22 0.06 0.19 LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0302 0.160.23
0.09 0.28 LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0303 0.230.36

0.09 0.36
0.12 0.42 0.12 0.37 LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0304 0.360.54
0.18 0.6 0.18 0.55
0.25 0.76 LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0305 0.540.8
0.25 0.88
0.37 1 0.37 1 0.37 1 LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0306 0.81.2
0.55 1.5 0.55 1.36 0.55 1.21
0.75 1.68 0.75 1.5 LS1-D32 10 x 38 2 LC1-K06 LR2-K0307 1.21.8
0.75 2 1.1 2
1.1 2.5 1.1 2.37 1.5 2.6 LS1-D32 10 x 38 4 LC1-K06 LR2-K0308 1.82.6
1.5 3.5 1.5 3.06 LS1-D32 10 x 38 4 LC1-K06 LR2-K0310 2.63.7

2.2 5 2.2 3.8
3 5 LS1-D32 10 x 38 6 LC1-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5
2.2 4.42 LS1-D32 10 x 38 8 LC1-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5
3 6.5 3 5.77 4 6.5 LS1-D32 10 x 38 8 LC1-K09 LR2-K0314 5.58
4 8.4 4 7.9 5.5 9 LS1-D32 10 x 38 12 LC1-K09 LR2-K0316 811.5
5.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 LS1-D32 10 x 38 16 LC1-K12 LR2-K0321 1014
7.5 14.8 7.5 13.7 9 13.9 LS1-D32 10 x 38 16 LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218
9 16.9 LS1-D32 10 x 38 20 LC1-D25 LRD-21 1218

9 18.1 11 18.4
11 21 11 20.1 15 23 GK1-EK 14 x 51 25 LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624
15 28.5 15 26.5 18.5 28.5 GK1-EK 14 x 51 32 LC1-D32 LRD-32 2332
18.5 35 18.5 32.8 22 33 GK1-EK 14 x 51 40 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 3040
22 42 22 39 30 45 GK1-FK 22 x 58 50 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 3750
30 51.5 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC1-D50 LRD-3359 4865
37 55 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865
30 57 37 64 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC1-D65 LRD-3361 5570
45 65 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC1-D80 LRD-3361 5570
37 (3) 69 45 76 GK1-FK 22 x 58 100 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380
45 81 55 80 GK1-FK 22 x 58 100 LC1-D95 LRD-3365 8093
55 90 GK1-FK 22 x 58 125 LC1-D115 LRD-4365 80104
55 100 75 105 GK1-FK 22 x 58 125 LC1-D115 LRD-4367 95120

(1) For breaking under load, add a rotary switch disconnector.
(3) 400 V maximum.

D.O.L. starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch-disconnector- aM fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 fuse Size Rating Reference
400/415 V 440 V 500 V (1) Reference Setting
P Ie P Ie P Ie Reference range
kW A kW A kW A A A
0.06 0.22 0.06 0.19 GS1-DD 10 x 38 2 LC1-D09 LRD-02 0.160.25

0.09 0.28 GS1-DD 10 x 38 2 LC1-D09 LRD-03 0.250.4
0.09 0.36
0.12 0.42 0.12 0.37 GS1-DD 10 x 38 2 LC1-D09 LRD-04 0.40.63
0.18 0.6 0.18 0.55
0.25 0.76 GS1-DD 10 x 38 2 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.631
0.25 0.88 0.37 1
0.37 1 0.37 1 0.55 1.21
0.55 1.5 0.55 1.36 0.75 1.5 GS1-DD 10 x 38 2 LC1-D09 LRD-06 11.7
0.75 2 0.75 1.68
1.1 2.37 1.1 2 GS1-DD 10 x 38 4 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.62.5
1.1 2.5 1.5 2.6
1.5 3.5 1.5 3.06 2.2 3.8 GS1-DD 10 x 38 4 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.54
2.2 5 2.2 4.42 3 5 GS1-DD 10 x 38 6 LC1-D09 LRD-10 46
3 6.5 3 5.77 4 6.5 GS1-DD 10 x 38 8 LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.58
4 8.4 4 7.9 5.5 9 GS1-DD 10 x 38 10 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710
5.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 GS1-DD 10 x 38 16 LC1-D12 LRD-16 913
7.5 14.8 7.5 13.7 9 13.9 GS1-DD 10 x 38 16 LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218
9 16.9 GS1-F 14 x 51 20 LC1-D25 LRD-21 1218
9 18.1 11 20.1 11 18.4
11 21 15 23 GS1-F 14 x 51 25 LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624
15 28.5 15 26.5 18.5 28.5 GS1-F 14 x 51 32 LC1-D32 LRD-32 2332
18.5 35 18.5 32.8 22 33 GS1-F 14 x 51 40 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 3040
22 42 22 39 30 45 GS1-J 22 x 58 50 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 3750

30 51.5 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 LC1-D50 LRD-3359 4865
37 55 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865
30 57 37 64 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 LC1-D65 LRD-3361 5570
45 65 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 LC1-D95 LRD-3361 5570
37 69 45 76 GS1-J 22 x 58 100 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380
55 80 GS1-J 22 x 58 100 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60100
45 81 GS1-J 22 x 58 100 LC1-D95 LRD-3365 8093
55 100 55 90 75 105 GS1-L 22 x 58 125 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
75 135 75 125 90 129 GS1-L T0 160 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
90 165 90 146 110 156 GS1-N T0 200 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220

110 200 110 178 132 187 GS1-N T1 250 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220
132 240 132 215 160 220 GS1-QQ T2 315 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
160 256 GS1-QQ T2 315 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
160 285 200 321 200 281 GS1-QQ T2 400 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
220 310 GS1-QQ T2 400 LC1-F400 LR9-F7375 200330
200 352
220 388 220 353 250 360 GS1-S T3 500 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
250 437 250 401 GS1-S T3 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500

315 445
355 500 GS1-S T3 630 LC1-F500 LR9-F7381 380630
315 555 315 505 GS1-S T3 630 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380630
355 549
400 611 400 540 GS1-V T4 800 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380630

Star-delta starters with circuit-breaker

Maximum operating rate: LC3-K: 12 starts/hour; LC3-D: 30 starts/hour.

Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-delta

motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Setting range contactors
400/415 V 440 V of Reference
P Ie IrD (1) Iq (2) P Ie IrD (1) Iq (2) thermal trips
kW A A kA kW A A kA A
1.5 3.5 2 50 1.5 3.06 1.8 50 GV2-ME08 2.54 LC3-K06

2.2 5 2.9 50 2.2 4.42 2.6 50
3 5.77 3.3 50 GV2-ME10 46.3 LC3-K06
3 6.5 3.8 50
4 8.4 4.9 50 4 7.9 4.6 15 GV2-ME14 610 LC3-K06
5.5 11 6.4 15 5.5 10.4 6 8 GV2-ME16 914 LC3-K06
7.5 14.8 8.6 15 7.5 13.7 7.9 8 GV2-ME20 1318 LC3-K09
9 16.9 9.8 8 GV2-ME20 1318 LC3-D12A
9 18.1 10 15 11 20.1 12 6 GV2-ME21 1723 LC3-D12A
11 21 12 15 GV2-ME22 2025 LC3-D12A
15 28.5 17 10 15 26.5 15 6 GV2-ME32 2432 LC3-D18A
18.5 35 20 35 18.5 32.8 19 25 GV3-ME40 2540 LC3-D18A
22 39 23 25 GV3-ME40 2540 LC3-D18A
22 42 24 35 30 51.5 30 10 GV3-ME63 4063 LC3-D32A
30 51.5 30 25 GV7-RE80 4880 LC3-D32A
30 57 33 35 GV3-ME63 4063 LC3-D32A
30 57 33 25 GV7-RE80 4880 LC3-D32A
37 69 40 15 37 64 37 10 GV3-ME80 5680 LC3-D40
37 69 40 25 37 64 37 25 GV7-RE80 4880 LC3-D40
45 76 44 10 GV3-ME80 5680 LC3-D50
45 76 44 25 GV7-RE80 4880 LC3-D50

45 81 47 25
55 100 58 25 55 90 52 25 GV7-RE100 60100 LC3-D50
75 135 78 35 75 125 72 35 GV7-RE150 90150 LC3-D80
90 146 84 35 GV7-RE150 90150 LC3-D115

90 165 95 35
110 200 115 35 110 178 103 35 GV7-RE220 132220 LC3-D115
132 215 124 35 GV7-RE220 132220 LC3-D150

(1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.
(2) The breaking performance of motor circuit breakers GV2-ME can be increased by adding a current limiter, GV1-L3, see page 24509/5.


Maximum operating rate: LC1-D: 30 starts/hour; LC1-F: 12 starts/hour.

Maximum starting time: LC1-D: 30 seconds; LC1-F: 20 seconds.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-delta

motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Setting range contactors
400/415 V 440 V of Reference
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq (1) thermal trips
kW A kA kW A kA A
1.5 3.5 130 1.5 3.06 130 GV2-P08 2.54 3 x LC1-D09
2.2 5 130 2.2 4.42 130 GV2-P10 46.3 3 x LC1-D18
3 5.77 130 GV2-P10 4...6.3 3 x LC1-D18
3 6.5 130 GV2-P14 610 3 x LC1-D18
4 8.4 130 4 7.9 130 GV2-P14 610 3 x LC1-D18
5.5 11 130 5.5 10.4 50 GV2-P16 914 3 x LC1-D25
7.5 13.7 50 GV2-P16 914 3 x LC1-D25
7.5 14.8 50 9 16.9 20 GV2-P20 1318 3 x LC1-D25
9 18.1 50 11 20.1 20 GV2-P21 1723 3 x LC1-D25
11 21 50 GV2-P22 2025 3 x LC1-D25
15 28.5 70 15 26.5 65 GV7-RS40 2540 3 x LC1-D80
18.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 65 GV7-RS40 2540 3 x LC1-D80
22 39 65 GV7-RS40 2540 3 x LC1-D80
22 42 70 GV7-RS50 3050 3 x LC1-D80
30 57 70 30 51.5 65 GV7-RS80 4880 3 x LC1-D80
37 69 70 37 64 65 GV7-RS80 4880 3 x LC1-D80
45 76 65 GV7-RS80 4880 3 x LC1-D80
45 81 70 GV7-RS100 60100 3 x LC1-D115
55 100 70 55 90 65 GV7-RS100 60100 3 x LC1-D115
75 135 70 75 125 65 GV7-RS150 90150 3 x LC1-D150
90 146 65 GV7-RS150 90150 3 x LC1-D150
90 165 70 110 178 65 GV7-RS220 132220 3 x LC1-F185
110 200 70 132 215 65 GV7-RS220 132220 3 x LC1-F225

(1) The breaking performance of motor circuit breakers GV2-P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1-L3, see page 24509/5.


Maximum operating rate: LC3-K and LC3-F: 12 starts/hour; LC3-D: 30 starts/hour.

Maximum starting time: LC3-K and LC3-D: 30 seconds; LC3-F: 20 seconds.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-delta Thermal overload relay

motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Rating Irm contactors Reference Setting
400/415 V 440 V (2) Reference range
P Ie IrD(1) Iq P Ie IrD(1) Iq
kW A A kA kW A A kA A A A
1.5 3.06 1.8 50
1.5 3.5 2 50 2.2 4.42 3 50 GV2-LE08 4 51 LC3-K06 LR2-K0308 1.82.6
2.2 5 3 50 3 5.77 3 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC3-K06 LR2-K0310 2.63.7
3 6.5 4 50 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC3-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5
4 7.9 5 50 GV2-LE10 6.3 78 LC3-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5
4 8.4 5 50 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC3-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5
5.5 10.4 6 15 GV2-LE14 10 138 LC3-K06 LR2-K0314 5.58
5.5 11 6 15 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC3-K06 LR2-K0314 5.58
7.5 13.7 8 8 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC3-K09 LR2-K0316 811.5
7.5 14.8 9 15 GV2-LE20 18 223 LC3-K09 LR2-K0316 811.5
9 16.9 10 8 GV2-LE16 14 170 LC3-D12A LRD-16 811.5
9 18.1 10 15 GV2-LE22 25 327 LC3-K12 LR2-K0316 811.5
11 20.1 12 8 GV2-LE20 18 223 LC3-K12 LR2-K0321 1014
11 21 12 15 GV2-LE22 25 327 LC3-K12 LR2-K0321 1014
15 26.5 15 6 GV2-LE22 25 327 LC3-D18A LRD-21 1218
15 28.5 16 10 GV2-LE32 32 384 LC3-D18A LRD-21 1218
18.5 35 20 70 18.5 32.8 19 65 NS80HMA 50 350 LC3-D18A LRD-22 1624

22 39 23 65 NS80HMA 50 400 LC3-D18A LRD-22 1624
22 42 24 70 NS80HMA 50 400 LC3-D32A LRD-32 2332
30 51.5 30 65 NS80HMA 80 560 LC3-D32A LRD-32 2332
30 57 33 70 NS80HMA 80 560 LC3-D32A LRD-35 3038
37 64 37 65 NS80HMA 80 560 LC3-D40 LRD-3355 3040
45 76 44 65 NS80HMA 80 640 LC3-D40 LRD-3357 3750
55 90 52 65 NS80HMA 80 800 LC3-D50 LRD-3359 4865
37 69 40 70 NS80HMA 80 640 LC3-D40 LRD-3359 4865
75 125 72 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1200 LC3-D80 LRD-3363 6380

45 81 47 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 800 LC3-D50 LRD-3357 3750
55 100 58 (3) NS100/MA (3) 100 1200 LC3-D50 LRD-3361 5570
75 135 78 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1200 LC3-D80 LRD-3363 6380
90 146 85 (3) NS160/MA (3) 150 1200 LC3-D115 LRD-4365 80104
90 165 96 (3) 110 178 103 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 1760 LC3-D115 LRD-4365 80104
132 215 125 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 1760 LC3-D150 LRD-4369 110140
110 200 116 (3) NS250/MA (3) 220 1760 LC3-D115 LRD-4369 110140
160 256 148 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 2240 LC3-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
200 321 186 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 3150 LC3-F225 LR9-F5371 132220
132 240 139 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 2240 LC3-D150 LRD-4369 110140
160 285 165 (3) NS400/MA (3) 320 2560 LC3-F185 LR9-F5371 132220
200 352 204 (3) 220 353 204 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 3150 LC3-F225 LR9-F5371 132220
220 388 225 (3) 250 401 233 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 3500 LC3-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
280 480 278 (3) NS630/MA (3) 500 4000 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
315 505 295 (3) C801/+STR35ME 800 4000 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
315 555 322 (3) 355 518 300 (3) C801/+STR35ME 800 4500 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
375 575 334 (3) C801/+STR35ME 800 5000 LC3-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
Breaking NS100/MA NS160/MA NS400/MA C801/
performance Iq (kA) NS250/MA NS630/MA +STR35ME
400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130 70 150
440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130 65 100
Code E S E S H L H L



Standard power ratings of 3-phase Circuit-breaker Star-delta Thermal overload relays

motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Reference Rating Irm contactors Reference Setting
400/415 V 440 V (1) Reference range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq
kW A kA kW A kA A A A
1.5 3.5 130 1.5 3.06 130 GV2-L08 4 51 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-08 2.54
2.2 5 130 2.2 4.42 130
3 6.5 130 3 5.77 130 GV2-L10 6.3 78 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-10 46
4 7.9 20 GV2-L14 10 138 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-14 710
4 8.4 130 GV2-L14 10 138 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-16 913
5.5 11 50 5.5 10.4 20 GV2-L16 14 170 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-16 913
7.5 14.8 50 7.5 13.7 20 GV2-L20 18 223 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-21 1218
9 16.9 20 GV2-L22 25 327 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-21 1218
9 18.1 50
11 21 50 11 20.1 20 GV2-L22 25 327 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624
15 28.5 70 15 26.5 65 NS80HMA 50 300 3 x LC1-D40 LRD-3353 2332

18.5 35 70 18.5 32.8 65 NS80HMA 50 350 3 x LC1-D50 LRD-3355 3040
22 42 70 22 39 65 NS80HMA 50 400 3 x LC1-D50 LRD-3357 3750
30 57 70 30 51.5 65
37 64 65 NS80HMA 80 560 3 x LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865
37 69 70 45 76 65 NS80HMA 80 640 3 x LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380
45 81 (2) 55 90 (2) NS100/MA (2) 100 800 3 x LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60100
55 100 (2) NS160/MA (2) 150 1200 3 x LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90150

75 125 (2) NS160/MA (2) 150 1200 3 x LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
75 135 (2) 90 146 (2) NS160/MA (2) 150 1200 3 x LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
90 165 (2) 110 178 (2) NS250/MA (2) 220 1760 3 x LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220
110 200 (2) NS250/MA (2) 220 1760 3 x LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220
132 215 (2) NS250/MA (2) 220 1760 3 x LC1-F225 LR9-F7375 200330
132 240 (2) 160 256 (2) NS400/MA (2) 320 2240 3 x LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
160 285 (2) NS400/MA (2) 320 2560 3 x LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
200 321 (2) NS400/MA (2) 320 2880 3 x LC1-F330 LR9-F7379 300500
200 352 (2) 220 353 (2) NS630/MA (2) 500 3150 3 x LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
220 388 (2) 250 401 (2) NS630/MA (2) 500 3500 3 x LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
250 437 (2) NS630/MA (2) 500 4000 3 x LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500
Breaking NS100/MA NS160/MA NS400/MA
performance Iq (kA) NS250/MA NS630/MA
400/415 V 25 70 36 70 70 130
440 V 25 65 35 65 65 130
Code E S E S H L

Star-delta starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)
Maximum operating rate: LC3-K and LC3-F: 12 starts/hour; LC3-D: 30 starts/hour.

Maximum starting time: LC3-K and LC3-D: 30 seconds; LC3-F: 20 seconds.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase Fuse carrier aM fuses Star-delta Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (basic block) Size Rat- contactors Reference Setting
400/415 V 440 V Reference ing Reference range
P Ie IrD Iq P Ie IrD Iq
(1) (1)
kW A A kA kW A A kA A A
1.5 3.5 2 50 1.5 3.06 2 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 4 LC3-K06 LR2-K0308 1.82.6

2.2 5 3 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 6 LC3-K06 LR2-K0310 2.63.7
2.2 4.42 3 50
3 5.77 3 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 8 LC3-K06 LR2-K0310 2.63.7
3 6.5 4 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 8 LC3-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5
4 8.4 5 50 4 7.9 5 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 12 LC3-K06 LR2-K0312 3.75.5
5.5 11 6 50 5.5 10.4 6 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 16 LC3-K06 LR2-K0314 5.58
7.5 14.8 9 50 7.5 13.7 8 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 16 LC3-K09 LR2-K0316 811.5
9 18.1 10 100 9 16.9 10 50 LS1-D32 10 x 38 20 LC3-D12A LRD-16 913
11 21 12 100 11 20.1 12 100 GK1-EK 14 x 51 25 LC3-D12A LRD-16 913

15 28.5 16 100 15 26.5 15 100 GK1-EK 14 x 51 32 LC3-D18A LRD-21 1218
18.5 35 20 100 18.5 32.8 19 100 GK1-EK 14 x 51 40 LC3-D18A LRD-22 1624
22 39 23 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 50 LC3-D18A LRD-22 1624

22 42 24 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 50 LC3-D32A LRD-32 2332
30 51.5 30 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 63 LC3-D32A LRD-32 2332
30 57 33 100 37 64 37 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC3-D40 LRD-3355 3040
37 69 40 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC3-D40 LRD-3357 3750
45 76 44 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 80 LC3-D50 LRD-3357 3750
45 81 47 100 GK1-FK 22 x 58 100 LC3-D50 LRD-3357 3750
55 90 52 100 GS1-K 22 x 58 100 LC3-D50 LRD-3359 4865

55 100 58 100 GS1-K 22 x 58 125 LC3-D50 LRD-3361 5570
75 135 78 100 75 125 72 100 GS1-L T0 160 LC3-D80 LRD-3363 6380

90 146 84 100 GS1-L T0 160 LC3-D115 LRD-4365 80104
90 165 95 100 GS1-N T1 200 LC3-D115 LRD-4367 95120

110 200 115 100 110 178 103 100 GS1-N T1 200 LC3-D115 LRD-4367 95120
132 240 139 100 132 215 124 100 GS1-QQ T2 250 LC3-D150 LRD-4369 110140
160 285 165 100 160 256 148 100 GS1-QQ T2 315 LC3-F185 LR9-F5371 132220
200 321 185 100 GS1-QQ T2 400 LC3-F225 LR9-F5369 132220
220 388 225 100 GS1-QQ T2 400 LC3-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
250 401 233 100 GS1-S T3 500 LC3-F265 LR9-F7375 200330

280 480 278 100 GS1-S T3 500 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
315 505 293 100
315 555 322 100 355 518 300 100 GS1-S T3 630 LC3-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
375 575 334 100 GS1-S T3 630 LC3-F400 LR9-F7379 300500

Star-delta starters with fuse protection (NF C or DIN fuses)

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch- aM fuses Star-delta Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 disconnector- Size Rating contactors Reference Setting
400/415 V 440 V fuse Reference range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq Reference
kW A kA kW A kA A A A
1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 4 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.54

2.2 5 50 2.2 4.42 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 6 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-10 46
3 6.5 50 3 5.77 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 8 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.58
4 8.4 50 4 7.9 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 10 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-14 710
5.5 11 50 5.5 10.4 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 16 3 x LC1-D12 LRD-16 913
7.5 14.8 50 7.5 13.7 50 GS1-DD 10 x 38 16 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218
9 18.1 100 9 16.9 100
11 21 100 11 20.1 100 GS1-F 14 x 51 25 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624
15 28.5 100 15 26.5 100 GS1-F 14 x 51 32 3 x LC1-D32 LRD-32 2332
18.5 35 100 18.5 32.8 100 GS1-F 14 x 51 40 3 x LC1-D40 LRD-3355 3040
22 42 100 22 39 100 GS1-F 22 x 58 50 3 x LC1-D50 LRD-3357 3750
30 57 100 30 51.5 100 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 3 x LC1-D65 LRD-3361 5570

37 69 100 37 64 100 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 3 x LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380
45 76 100 GS1-J 22 x 58 80 3 x LC1-D80 LRD-3365 8093
45 81 100 GS1-J 22 x 58 100 3 x LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60100
55 90 100 GS1-L T0 125 3 x LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90150

55 100 100 GS1-L T0 125 3 x LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
75 125 100 GS1-L T0 160 3 x LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
75 135 100 GS1-L T0 160 3 x LC1-F185 LR9-D5369 90150
90 165 100 90 146 100 GS1-N T1 200 3 x LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220

110 200 100 110 178 100 GS1-N T1 250 3 x LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220
132 240 100 132 215 100 GS1-QQ T2 315 3 x LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
160 285 100 160 256 100 GS1-QQ T2 315 3 x LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
200 321 100 GS1-QQ T2 400 3 x LC1-F330 LR9-F7379 300500
200 352 100 220 353 100
220 388 100 250 401 100 GS1-S T3 500 3 x LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
250 437 100 GS1-S T3 500 3 x LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500
315 555 100 315 505 100 GS1-S T3 630 3 x LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380630
355 549 100

400 611 100 GS1-V T4 800 3 x LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380630
355 605 100 GS1-V T4 800 3 x LC1-F780 LR9-F7381 380630

D.O.L. starters with fuse protection (BS fuses)
0.06 to 375 kW at 415 V: type 2 coordination

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch- BS fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 disconnector- Size Rating Reference Reference Setting
415 V 440 V 500 V fuse (1) range
P Ie P Ie P Ie Reference
kW A kW A kW A A A
0.06 0.22 0.06 0.19 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1-D09 LRD-02 0.160.25

0.09 0.28 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1-D09 LRD-03 0.250.4
0.09 0.36
0.12 0.42 0.12 0.37 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1-D09 LRD-04 0.40.63
0.18 0.6 0.18 0.55 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 2 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.631
0.25 0.76 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 4 LC1-D09 LRD-05 0.631
0.25 0.88 0.37 1 0.37 1
0.37 1 0.55 1.36 0.55 1.2
0.55 1.5 0.75 1.68 0.75 1.5 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 6 LC1-D09 LRD-06 11.7
0.75 2 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 10 LC1-D09 LRD-07 1.62.5
1.5 2.6 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 10 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.54
1.5 3.5 1.5 3.06 2.2 3.8 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 16 LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.54
2.2 5 2.2 4.42 3 5 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 16 LC1-D09 LRD-10 46
3 6.5 3 5.77 4 6.5 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20 LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.58
4 8.4 4 7.9 5.5 9 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20 LC1-D09 LRD-14 710
5.5 11 5.5 10.4 7.5 12 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20M25 LC1-D12 LRD-16 913
7.5 14 7.5 13.7 9 13.9 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20M32 LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218
9 18.1 9 16.9 GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M35 LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218

11 21 11 20 11 18.4
15 23 GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M50 LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624
15 28.5 15 26.5 GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M63 LC1-D32 LRD-32 2332
22 33 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M80 LC1-D40 LRD-3355 3040
22 42 22 39 30 45 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M100 LC1-D50 LRD-3357 3750
30 51.5 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M100 LC1-D50 LRD-3359 4865
30 57 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M100 LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865
45 76 45 65 GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M125 LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380

45 81 55 80 GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M125 LC1-D95 LRD-3365 8093
55 100 GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M160 LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90150
55 90 GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M160 LC1-D115 LR9-D5367 60100
80 116 GS1-LB B2 TF 200 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150

80 138 80 132 GS1-LB B2 TF 200M250 LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
100 143
110 156 GS1-LB B2 TF 200M250 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220
100 182 100 162 GS1-MMB B2 TF 200M250 LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220

110 196 110 178 GS1-MMB B2 TF 200M315 LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220
140 200 GS1-NB B3 TKF 315M355 LC1-F265 LR9-F5371 132220

140 250 140 226 160 220 GS1-NB B3 TKF 315M355 LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
160 285 160 256 GS1-QQB B4 TKF 315M355 LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
220 310 GS1-QQB B4 TMF 400 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
220 388 220 353 257 362 GS1-QQB B4 TMF 400M450 LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
270 380 GS1-SB C2 TTM 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500

257 450 257 412
270 460 270 433 GS1-SB C2 TTM 500 LC1-F500 LR9-F7381 380630
375 610 375 577 375 508
425 556 GS1-SB C2 TTM 630 LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380630

Star-delta starters with fuse protection (BS fuses)
1.5 to 375 kW at 415 V: type 2 coordination

Standard power ratings of 3-phase Switch- BS fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 disconnector- Size Rating Reference Reference Setting
415 V 440 V fuses range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq Reference
kW A kA kW A kA A A
1.5 3.5 50 1.5 3.06 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 16 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-08 2.54
2.2 5 50 2.2 4.42 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 16 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-10 46
3 6.5 50 3 5.77 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-12 5.58
4 8.4 50 4 7.9 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20 3 x LC1-D09 LRD-14 710
5.5 11 50 5.5 10.4 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20M25 3 x LC1-D12 LRD-16 913
7.5 14.8 50 7.5 13.7 50 GS1-DDB A1 NIT 20M32 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218
9 18.1 50 9 16.9 50 GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M35 3 x LC1-D18 LRD-21 1218
11 21 50 11 20.1 50 GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M50 3 x LC1-D25 LRD-22 1624
15 28.5 50 15 26.5 50 GS1-GB A2 TIA 32M63 3 x LC1-D32 LRD-32 2332
22 42 50 22 39 50 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M80 3 x LC1-D40 LRD-3355 3040
30 51.5 50 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M100 3 x LC1-D50 LRD-3359 4865
30 57 50 GS1-GB A3 TIS 63M100 3 x LC1-D65 LRD-3359 4865
45 81 50 45 76 50 GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M125 3 x LC1-D80 LRD-3363 6380
55 100 80 55 90 80 GS1-LLB A4 TCP 100M160 3 x LC1-D115 LR9-D5369 90150
80 138 80 80 132 80 GS1-LB B2 TF 200M250 3 x LC1-D150 LR9-D5369 90150
100 182 80 100 162 80 GS1-MMB B2 TF 200M250 3 x LC1-F185 LR9-F5371 132220
110 196 80 110 178 80 GS1-MMB B2 TF 200M315 3 x LC1-F225 LR9-F5371 132220
140 250 80 140 226 80 GS1-NB B3 TFK 315M355 3 x LC1-F265 LR9-F7375 200330
160 285 80 160 256 80 GS1-QQB B3 TFK 315M355 3 x LC1-F330 LR9-F7375 200330
220 388 80 220 353 80 GS1-QQB B4 TMF 400M450 3 x LC1-F400 LR9-F7379 300500
257 450 80 257 412 80
270 460 80 270 433 80 GS1-SB C2 TTM 500 3 x LC1-F500 LR9-F7379 300500
375 610 80 375 577 80 GS1-SB C2 TTM 630 3 x LC1-F630 LR9-F7381 380630

version
a
1
D.O.L. starters, plate mounted, for motor control

4 to 37 kW, (1), with isolating device, pre-assembled
Utilisation category AC-3 Fuses to Basic reference. Weight

Standard power ratings Opera- be fitted by Complete with code
of 3-phase motors tional the customer indicating control
50/60 Hz current circuit voltage (2)
220 V 380 V 660 V 440 V Size Type
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 690 V up to aM
kW kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
106558_1
2.2 4 4 4 5.5 9 10 x 38 12 LC4-D09App r 0.870
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 12 10 x 38 16 LC4-D12App r 0.870
4 7.5 9 9 10 18 10 x 38 20 LC4-D18App r 1.150
LC4-D09App
5.5 11 11 11 15 25 10 x 38 25 LC4-D25App r 1.580
7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 32 14 x 51 32 LC4-D32App 2.630
11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 14 x 51 40 LC4-D40pp 2.930
15 22 25 30 30 33 50 22 x 58 63 LC4-D50pp 3.200
18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 22 x 58 80 LC4-D65pp 3.340
22 37 45 45 55 45 80 22 x 58 80 LC4-D80pp 3.650
Specifications
Pre-wired power and control circuit connections.
3-pole isolating device

(1) Thermal overload relay to be ordered separately (see pages 24514/3 and 24515/2).
(2) Standard control circuit voltages.
Volts 24 42 48 110 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
(3) Up until this date, the products will continue to be available with LS1-D2531A65 fuse carriers.
r Available
1st quarter 2002 (3)
Dimensions : Schemes :
page 24546/3 page 24546/3

Dimensions, schemes TeSys motor starters - open
version 1
D.O.L. starters, plate mounted, for motor control

4 to 37 kW, (1), with isolating device, pre-assembled
D.O.L. starters
Plate mounted, pre-assembled
LC4-D09AD25A LC4-D32A
98
79
33
63
110
50
173
b
124
110
36
c1 = 55 = c1 88
= 71 = = 90 =
86 165
LC4- D09AD18A D25A LC4- D32A

b 218 221 c1 without cover or add-on blocks 100
c1 without cover or add-on blocks 94 100 with cover, without add-on block 102
with cover, without add-on block 96 102 with LAD-N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 133
with LAD-N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 127 133 with LA6-DK10 145
with LA6-DK10 139 145 with LAD-T, R, S 153
with LAD-T, R, S 147 153 with LAD-T, R, S and sealing cover 157
with LAD-T, R, S and sealing cover 151 157
LC4-D40D80
=
=
100/110
60
b
=
=
b1
c = G =
c1 a
c2
LC4- D40D65 D80

a 281 311
b 143 143
c 130 140
c1 without cover or add-on blocks 124 135
with cover, without add-on block 129 140
with LA1-DN (1 contact) 149 160
with LAD-N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 157 168
with LA6-DK 169 180
with LAD-T, R, S 177 188
with LAD-T, R, S and sealing cover 181 192
c2 100 178
D.O.L. starters
LC4-D09A to D80
1/L1
5/L3
3/L2
Q1
4
2
6
1
KM1
2
References :
page 24546/2
Presentation TeSys motor starters - open
version 1
Star-delta starters for motor control

"
Star-delta starting
Current This method of starting is applicable to motors on which all
7 6 stator terminals are accessible and whose delta connection
voltage corresponds to the mains voltage and
6 Star-delta starting should be used for motors starting on

no-load or having a low load torque and gradual build-up:
- the starting torque in star connection is reduced to one
5 third of the direct starting torque, i.e. about 50% of the
1 rated torque;
- the starting current in star connection is about 1.8 to 2.6
4
times the rated current.
The transition from star to delta connection must occur when

3
the machine has run up to speed. A too rapid build-up in load
torque would cause the stabilised run-up speed to be too low
2 and would therefore eliminate any advantage in this method
2 of starting: this is the case with certain machines whose load
torque depends on the machine speed (a characteristic of
1 centrifugal machines, for example).
All star-delta starters are supplied with a special LA2-DS2

0 or LA2-KT2/ time delay relay which imposes a delay on the
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1 delta contactor during the transition period in order to allow
Speed
the star contactor sufficient breaking time.
1 Starting in direct delta connection
2 Starting in star connection For ratings D115 and D150, this function is performed by
a time delay auxiliary contact block LA2-DT2 and a control
relay.
Torque
2,5
1
1,5
(1)
1
0,5
0
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
Speed
1 Starting in direct delta connection

2 Starting in star connection
3 Machine resistive torque
(1) Motor manufacturers generally specify machine load torques.

Example: maximum resistive torque on completion of star-delta start (expressed as a proportion of the rated torque).

version 1

5.5 to 132 kW, (1), without isolating device,
pre-assembled
"
Standard power ratings Auxiliary contacts available Star Basic reference. Weight
of squirrel cage motors on each contactor delta Complete with
line delta star mechanical code indicating
KM2 KM3 KM1 interlock control circuit voltage (2)
Mains voltage -
delta connection
220/ 380/
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V
kW kW kW kW kg
Plate mounted
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.
4 7.5 7.5 7.5 (3) 1 With LC3-D09A// 1.530
5.5 11 11 11 (3) 1 With LC3-D12A// 1.530

LC3-D32A//
11 18.5 22 22 (3) 1 With LC3-D18A// 1.730
15 25 30 30 (3) 1 With LC3-D32A// 2.030
18.5 37 37 37 1 1 (3) 1 Without LC3-D40// 4.360

With LC3-D40//A64 4.500
30 55 59 59 1 1 (3) (3) Without LC3-D50// 4.360

With LC3-D50//A64 4.500
37 75 75 75 1 1 (3) (3) Without LC3-D80// 5.200

With LC3-D80//A64 5.400
63 110 110 110 1 1 (3) (3) Without LC3-D115// (4) 11.800

With LC3-D115//A64 (4) 12.100
75 132 132 147 1 1 (3) 1 (3) Without LC3-D150// (4) 12.100

With LC3-D150//A64 (4) 12.100
Rail mounted (35 mm

rail)
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 1 With LC3-K06// 0.740
4 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 With LC3-K09// 0.740
4 7.5 7.5 7.5 (3) 1 With LC3-D090A// 1.530
5.5 11 11 11 (3) 1 With LC3-D120A// 1.530
11 18.5 22 22 (3) 1 With LC3-D180A// 1.730
15 25 30 30 (3) 1 With LC3-D320A// 2.030
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload
relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current (see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3).
(2) Standard control circuit voltages
Volts " 50/60 Hz 24 36 42 48 110 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
Star-delta starters LC3-K06 and K09
Code B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7
Star-delta starters LC3-D09A...D150, LC3-D090AD320A
Code B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
(2) One auxiliary contact block type LAD-N can also be fitted, see page 24511/3.
(3) These starters consist of contactors LC1-D115 or D150 without connectors.
Dimensions : Schemes :
pages 24549/2 and 24549/3 page 24549/3

1
KM1
1b
KM3
1c
KM2
KM2
KM2
1b
a 2 1c 1a

version
a
1
Star-delta starters, for motor control,

7.5 to 132 kW (1), without mechanical interlock,
for customer assembly (on plate or on mounting rail) (2)
Starters for direct combination with circuit-breaker
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time : 30 seconds

Standard power ratings Motor Contactors (basic references to be completed
of squirrel cage motors (3) thermal- with code indicating the voltage) (4)
Mains voltage-delta magnetic
400/ MCB
415 V 440 V line delta star
kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1
7.5 7.5 GV2-ME20 LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp

9 GV2-ME20 LC1-D12pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D09pp
9 11 GV2-ME21 LC1-D12pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D09pp
11 GV2-ME22 LC1-D12pp LC1-D12pp LC1-D09pp
15 15 GV2-ME32 LC1-D18pp LC1-D18pp LC1-D09pp
Separate parts
Description Illustration Reference Weight
item no. kg
Mounting kit comprising: power circuit connections a LAD-912GV 0.130

and 1 time delay contact block LAD-S2
Starters for mounting separately from upstream protection
Maximum operating rate : 30 starts/hour. Maximum starting time : 30 seconds

Standard power ratings Contactors (basic references to be completed Separate parts
of squirrel cage motors (3) with code indicating the voltage) (4) (see below)
Mains voltage-delta
220/ 380/
230 V 400 V 415 V 440 V line delta star
kW kW kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1 Component types
4 7.5 7.5 7.5 LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp LC1-D09pp D09

5.5 11 11 11 LC1-D18pp (6) LC1-D12pp LC1-D09pp D12
11 18.5 22 22 LC1-D25pp (7) LC1-D25pp (7) LC1-D09pp D18
15 25 30 30 LC1-D32pp LC1-D32pp LC1-D18pp D32
18.5 37 37 37 LC1-D40pp LC1-D40pp LC1-D40pp D40
63 110 110 110 LC1-D115pp LC1-D115pp LC1-D80pp D115 (5)
75 132 132 147 LC1-D150pp LC1-D150pp LC1-D115pp D150 (5)
Separate parts
Description Illustration For Reference Weight
item no. components kg
type (5)
Mounting kit comprising: D09 and D18 LAD-91217 0.180

- 1 time delay contact block LAD-S2 1a
(D09D80) (3) D18 and D32 LAD-93217 0.310
- power circuit connections 1b
(D09D80) D40 and D50 LA9-D5017 0.380
- screws and clamps for fixing 1c
contactors to the plate (D40D80). D80 LA9-D8017 0.680
Equipment mounting plate 2 D09, D12, D18 LA9-D12974 0.150
D32 LA9-D32974 0.180
D40 and D50 LA9-D40973 0.300
D80 LA9-D80973 0.300

(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate
overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the rated motor current, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3.
(2) For mounting, assembly and cabling: refer to installation instructions supplied with the equipment.
(3) See comments on page 24547/2.
(4) See page 24501/2.
(5) For D115 and D150 components, see illustration and separate parts on pages 24548/4 and 24548/5.
(6) A D12 component is adequate for the application, but use of a D18 is recommended.
(connection capacity, correct use of power connection kit and connections).
(7) A D18 component is adequate for the application, but use of a D25 is recommended.
(connection capacity, correct use of power connection kit and connections).
Illustrations : Dimensions : Schemes :

page 24548/2 pages 24549/2 and 24549/3 page 24549/3

13 7 9 12 11 10 3
14
4 5 8

References (continued) TeSys motor starters - open
version
a
1
Star-delta starters, for motor control,

7.5 to 132 kW (1), without mechanical interlock,
for customer assembly (on plate or on mounting rail) (2)
Separate parts (continued)
Description Illustration For No. Sold in Unit Weight

item no. use on lots of reference kg
Instantaneous auxiliary 1 D115 1 1 LAD-N10 0.020

contact block (star)
1N/O
Auxiliary contactor 3 D115, D150 1 1 CAD-32pp (3) 0.320
Time delay auxiliary 4 D115, D150 1 1 LAD-T2 0.060

contact blocks
Lead sealing kit for 5 D115, D150 1 1 LA9-D901 0.005

time delay auxiliary
contact blocks
Thermal magnetic 6 D115, D150 2 6 GB2-CB05 0.060

circuit-breaker for
control circuit (200415 V)
Set of 3 connectors for 7 D115, D150 1 1 LA9-FG980 0.200

wider terminations (optional)
Set of power connections 8 D115 1 1 LA9-D11517 0.800

with fixing accessories
D150 1 1 LA9-D15017 1.050
Spare volt free terminals 9 D115, D150 1 10 DZ3-HA3 0.007
2 10 DZ3-GA3 0.006
Lug-connector 10 D115, D150 1 10 AB1-BC9535 0.236

terminal block
Terminal end stop 11 D115, D150 3 100 AB1-AB8M35 0.005
Mounting rail 5 35 mm 12 D115, D150 1 10 AM1-ED021 0.210
Pre-slotted plate 13 D115, D150 1 1 AM3-PA65 1.950
Screw with captive washer 14 D115, D150 12 100 AF1-VA618 0.006
2 100 AF1-VA410 0.002
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate
overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the rated motor current, see pages 24514/2 and 24514/3.
(2) For mounting, assembly and cabling: refer to installation instructions supplied with the equipment.
(3) See page 24525/3.
(4) Pour vente par lot sous emballage collectif, voir page A0005/3

page 124548/4 pages 24549/2 and 24549/3 page 24549/3

Dimensions TeSys motor starters - open
version 1
Star-delta starters
Plate mounted, pre-assemled Pre-assembled:
LC3-K LC3-D09AD32A
For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D09 to D32
KM3 KM1
110
124
110
KM2
110
b
94 150 c 4 = 90 =
175 a
On starters LC3-D09A to D18A, a connection block is mounted on the upper LC3- D09A D12A D18A D32A
part of contactor KM2, increasing the overall height of the product by 6.5 mm. a 143 143 144 165
b 26.5 26.5 26.5 32.5
c with LAD-S 139 139 139 145
with LAD-S and sealing cover 143 143 143 149
Pre-assembled: LC3-D40, D50 Pre-assembled: LC3-D80
For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D40 or D50 For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D80
=
=
=
=
100/110
100/110
143
143
60
60
=
=
=
=
45
47
175 (1) = 263 = 183 (1) = 293 =

281 311
(1) + 4 mm with sealing cover (1) + 4 mm with sealing cover

Pre-assembled: LC3-D115, D150
For customer assembly: 3 x LC1-D with components D115 or D150
H
b
c G
a
a b c G H
LC3-D115 or 3 x LC1-D with components D115 450 555 205 425 526
LC3-D150 or 3 x LC1-D with components D150 450 555 205 425 526
References : Schemes :
pages 24547/2 to 24548/5 page 24549/3

Dimensions, TeSys motor starters - open
schemes version 1
Star-delta starters
On mounting rail AM1-DP, pre-assembled
LC3-D090A to D320A
2x7
KM3 KM1
KM2
b
c 160
175
LC3- D090A to D180A D320

b 153 137
c with LAD-S 139 145
with LAD-S and sealing cover 143 149
Schemes
LC3-K, LC3-D09A to D80 LC3-K LC3-D
LC3-D090A to D320A KM3/5
95
L1
L2
L3
KM3 : 5
21 96
95
O
3
3
5
5
1
96
O
KM2 KM3 KM1
13 22
Remote
14
6
6
2
control
13
I KM2
l KM2
13
KM1
W1
14
13 14
U1
V1
(1) 54 53
1
6
2
KM1
22
21
55 14
KM3 KM1
68
21
22
2
W1
U1
V1
W2
U2
V2
KM2 KM2
21 56
21 67
15
T KM3 KM1
A1 16
LC3-D09A to D18A
A1 22
A1 22
W2
U2
V2
A1
A1
A1
mechanical interlock
A1
between KM3 and KM1 T KM1 KM3 KM2 N
KM1 KM2 KM3
A2
A2
A2
A2
(1) Recommended cabling for KM2 : 1 (N)

A2
A2
A2
KM3/1
reversal of motor rotation Y
L
(standard motor, viewed from shaft end)
LC3-D115 and D150
F1
L1
L2
L3
6
2
95
F1
W1
U1
V1
(1)
21 96
3
3
5
5
1
O
22
KM2 KM3 KM1 Remote

153
67
control
W2
U2
V2
13
6
6
2
KM1 KM2
l
184 154
68
14
172
KM1
W1
U1
V1
55 183
Recommended KM1
171
1
cabling for
reversal of KM2
motor rotation
161 56
(standard motor,
2
153
W2
U2
V2
13
viewed from shaft

end). KM3 KM2 KA1
A1 162
A1 14
A1154
A1
F2 KM1 KM2 KA1 KM3

A2
A2
A2
A2
Y L
References :
pages 24547/2 to 24548/5
Presentation Motor starters - open version 1
Star-delta starting
Current
This method of starting is only applicable to 3-phase
motors whose delta connection corresponds to the mains
voltage and on which all 6 stator terminals are accessible.
Star-delta starting should be used for motors starting on

no-load or having a low load torque and gradual build-up:
- the starting torque in star connection is reduced to one
third of the direct starting torque, i.e. about 50% of the
1
rated torque;
- the starting current in star connection is about 1.8 to 2.6
times the rated current.
The transition from star to delta connection must occur

when the machine has run up to speed. A too rapid build-
up in load torque would cause the stabilised run-up speed
to be too low and would therefore eliminate any advantage
2 in this method of starting: this is the case with certain
machines whose load torque depends on its speed (a
characteristic of centrifugal machines, for example).
Switching from star to delta connection must be completed

within a minimum time.
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
Speed This function is performed by a control relay and a time
delay auxiliary contact block.
1 Starting in delta connection
Torque
,5
1
,5
(1)
1
,5
0
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
Speed
1 Starting in delta connection

3 Machine resistive torque
(1) Motor manufacturers generally specify the machine load torques.

Example: maximum resistive torque on completion of star-delta start (expressed as a proportion of the rated torque).

References Motor starters - open version 1
Star-delta starters for motor control,

90 to 375 kW, (1) without isolating device,
pre-assembled
Star-delta starters, pre-assembled
Maximum operating rate : 12 starts/hour.

Maximum starting time :
- LC3-F/////: 20 seconds.
- LC3-F/////A64: 30 seconds (3 identical contactors).
Composition of starters without mechanical interlock, see pages 25018/3 and 25018/5.
Standard power ratings Auxiliary contacts Star-delta Basic reference. Weight

of squirrel cage motors available on mechanical Complete with code
each contactor interlock indicating control
line delta star circuit voltage (2)
KM2 KM3 KM1
Mains voltage -
delta connection
220/ 380/ 415 V 440 V
230 V 400 V (3)
kW kW kW kW kg
90 160 160 185 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3-F185// 16.500
With LC3-F185//A64 16.625

LC3-F/////A64
100 200 200 220 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3-F225// 16.500
With LC3-F225//A64 16.625
110 220 220 250 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3-F265// 27.300
With LC3-F265//A64 27.425
160 280 280 315 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3-F330// 37.000
With LC3-F330//A64 37.125
185 315 355 375 1 2 2 1 1 1 Without LC3-F400// 37.000
With LC3-F400//A64 37.125
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate relay
for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 27074/2 and 27074/3.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages.
Volts 50/60 Hz 48 110 115 220/230 230 240 380/400 400 415
Code E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7
(3) One auxiliary contact block type LAD-N can be fitted.

page 25015/2 page 25019/2 page 25019/3
1
* See page 25018/4


90 to 375 kW, (1), for customer assembly (on chassis)
Contactors
Standard power ratings Contactors (2) Accessories
of squirrel cage motors line delta star (see below)
220/230 V 380/400 V 415 V 440 V
kW kW kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1 Component type
Maximum operating rate: 12 starts/hour. Maximum starting time: 20 seconds (3)
90 160 160 185 LC1-F185// LC1-F185// LC1-D150// F185
100 200 200 220 LC1-F225// LC1-F225// LC1-F185// F225
110 220 220 250 LC1-F265// LC1-F265// LC1-F185// F265
160 280 280 315 LC1-F330// LC1-F330// LC1-F265// F330
185 315 355 375 LC1-F400// LC1-F400// LC1-F265// F400
Accessories (4)
item no. use with lots of reference kg
Instantaneous auxiliary 1 F185 to F400 3 1 LAD-N22 0.050

contact blocks
2 N/O + 2 N/C
Control relay 2 F185 to F400 1 1 CAD-N32 0.580
Time delay auxiliary 3 F185 to F400 1 1 LAD-T2 0.060

contact blocks
Lead sealing kit 4 F185 to F400 1 1 LA9-D901 0.005
Thermal magnetic 5 F185 to F400 2 6 GB2-CB10 0.050

circuit breaker for
5 A control circuit
Set of 3 connectors for 6 F185 1 1 LA9-FG980 0.200

wider terminals (option)
F225 to F400 1 1 LA9-FJ980 0.490
Sets of 7 F185 1 1 LA9-F18517 0.800

power connections
F225 1 1 LA9-F22510 1.400
F265 1 1 LA9-FH610 1.400
F330 and F400 1 1 LA9-FJ610 1.500
Set of 3 busbars for 8 F185 to F400 1 1 LA7-F/// (Selected according to size

thermal overload of thermal overload relay) see pages
connections 27074/2 and 27074/3.
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate relay
for setting at 0.58 the full load rated motor current, see pages 27074/2 and 27074/3.
(2) Contactors supplied with coil. Complete the reference by adding the control circuit voltage code.
Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
LC1-D150
Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 415
50/60 Hz E7 F7 FE7 G7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7
LC1-F185 and F225

Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 415
50 Hz (coil LX1) E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5
60 Hz (coil LX1) E6 F6 G6 M6 U6 Q6
LC1-F185 to F400
Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 415
40 400 Hz (5) E7 (6) F7 FE7 G7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7
Standard voltages, see page 25008/2.
For other voltages between 24 and 660 V, see pages 25014/2 to 25014/9.
(3) For longer starting times, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
(4) For other accessories, see page 25018/5.
(5) Coil LX1: LC1-F265, F330 and F400; coil LX9: LC1F185 and F225.
(6) Except for LC1-F400.

page 25018/2 page 25019/2 page 25019/3
1
* See page 25018/2

References (continued) Motor starters - open version 1

90 to 375 kW, (1), for customer assembly (on chassis)
Accessories (continued from page 25018/3)

item no. use with lots of reference
Spare volt free terminal 9 F185 3 10 DZ3-GA3 0.006
F225F400 3 10 DZ3-HA3 0.007
Neutral terminals with 10 F185 1 10 AB1-BC9535 0.236

stop and spare
volt free terminal 2 100 AB1-AB8P35 0.006
(for control circuit)
1 10 DZ3-HA3 0.007
F225 & F265 1 10 AB1-BC15035 0.277
2 100 AB1-AB8M35 0.007
1 10 DZ3-JA3 0.010
F330 & F400 1 10 AB1-BC24035 0.287
2 100 AB1-AB8M35 0.007
1 10 DZ3-JA3 0.010
Reducer bracket 11 F400 2 1 LA9-F100 0.100
Mounting rails (2) 12 F185F400 1 10 AM1-DE200 0.900
13 F185F400 1 4 AM1-EC200 2.980
Uprights (2) 14 F115F400 2 4 AM1-EC200 2.980
1/4 turn sliding 15 F185F400 2 10 AF1-CD061 0.020

nuts and bolts
for mounting rail AM1-DE
100 AF1-VA618 0.006

nuts and bolts
for mounting rail AM1-EC
10 AF1-VC820 0.024

nuts and bolts
for mounting equipment 100 AF1-VA618 0.006
F400 8 10 AF1-CD061 0.020
10 AF1-CD081 0.020
100 AF1-VA618 0.006
10 AF1-VC820 0.024
4 25 x H6 screws with washers
Enclosures: metal, F185F225 1 1 ACM-GV763 19.090

grey RAL 7032
F265 1 1 ACM-GV973 33.310
F330 & F400 1 1 ACM-GV1084 54.000
Fixing lugs 4 4 AE3-FX122 0.080

adjustable for
enclosure ACM
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of an overload relay, to be ordered separately.Select appropriate relay
for setting at 0.58 the full load rated motor current, see pages 27074/2 and 27074/3.
(2) Supplied in 2 m lengths. See page 25019/2 for cutting to length.

page 25018/4 page 25019/2 page 25019/3
Dimensions, Motor starters - open version 1
schemes Star-delta starters for motor control
Chassis mounting
Pre-assembled: LC3-F185 to LC3-F400
For customer assembly: 2 x LC1-F/// and 1 x LC1-D150 or 3 x LC1-F///
G
F1 F2
K4
K3
KM2 KM3 KM1
H
b
K2
K1
K
c a
a b c G H K K1 K2 K3 K4
LC3-F185 or 2 x LC1-F/// + 1 x LC1-D with components F185 565 675 235 525 625 160 110 80 110 80
LC3-F225 or 3 x LC1-F/// with components F225 565 675 235 525 625 160 110 80 110 80
References :
pages 25015/3 to 25018/5

Schemes Motor starters - open version 1
Star-delta starters
LC3-F185 to F400
L1
L2
L3
6
2
4
Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation
(Standard motor viewed from shaft end)
W1
U1
V1
3
3
5
5
1
KM2 KM3 KM1
W2
U2
V2
6
6
2
4
W1
U1
V1
5
2
6
W2
U2
V2
F1
95
F1
96
21
O
13 22
Remote
control
153
67
l
KM1 KM2
14
184 154
68
172
KM1 KM1
183
171
55
KM2
13
53
56
KM2 KA1
61
14
54
KM3
62
A1
A1
A1
A1
KM1 KM2 KA1 KM3

F2
A2
A2
A2
A2
References :
pages 25015/3 to 25018/5
General Motor starters - open version 1
integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and reversing

contactor breakers
Integral : a high Integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers combine all the functions of a power
switching assembly up to 63 A in a single compact device.
performance concept for
reliability of operation They conform to the main standards currently in force, in particular IEC 947-1,
IEC 947-2, IEC 947-3, IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 947-6-2 (welding of power poles
impossible), as well as to international approvals UL, CSA, and the Europe-
an directives.
The integral range ensures reliability of operation up to 63 A. In addition to

safety of operation, integral has numerous other functions: increased protection,
communication, remote control, fault identification, isolation, padlocking.
Functions performed The equipment in a power switching circuit must perform 4 main functions:
/ power switching,
by integral units / isolation,
/ overload protection,
/ short-circuit protection.
These functions are traditionally performed by separate devices which must be combined to form a motor starter
assembly, the most common being:
- fuses + contactor + thermal overload relay,
- circuit breaker + contactor + thermal overload relay.
Power switching Contactor (for automatic and remote control)
/ Operational power for use in cate-

gory AC-43 :
- up to 30 kW at 400/415 V 50 Hz.
- up to 33 kW at 440 V 50 Hz.
/ Electrical life in number of operat-

ing cycles, in category AC-43, at
415 V and at rated power:
- 2 million for integral 18,
- 1.5 million for integral 32,
- 1.2 million for integral 63.
/ Mechanical life in number of oper-

ating cycles:
- 20 million operating cycles for inte-
gral 18,
- 10 million for integral 32,
- 5 million for integral 63.
Reversing pairs
Two 3-pole contactors, horizontally

mounted:
- mechanically and electrically inter-
locked for integral 18.
- mechanically interlocked for inte-
gral 32 and 63.
Can be fitted with the same protec-

tion modules as integral contactor
breakers.
References Integral 18 : References Integral 32 : References Integral 63 : Dimensions, schemes :

pages 21162/2 to 21164/3 pages 21165/2 to 21168/3 pages 21169/2 to 21172/3 pages 21009/2 to 21011/5

General Motor starters - open version 1

contactor breakers
Functions performed Isolation Isolation conforming to IEC 947

by integral units (continued)
Integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers provide isolation and padlocking
functions conforming to standards IEC 947.
In addition, integral 32 and 63 LD4 contactor breakers and LD5 reversing
contactor breakers incorporate specific poles for control testing and padlock-
ing.
Overload Thermal-magnetic protection module (for protection against overload and

protection overcurrent)
A range of interchangeable modules

allows the equipment to be adapted
to suit:
/ the rated operational current (rat-
ing and settings),
/ the application:
- motors,
- frequent starting motors,
- distribution circuits.
Short-circuit High breaking capacity current limiting circuit breaker

protection
For short-circuit protection.
High breaking capacity with short-

circuit limited by ultra-fast tripping.
Possibility of increasing the breaking

capacity of the integral unit by adding
a current limiter (LA9-LB920).
The current limiter is fitted upstream

of the integral unit.
Several integral units may be fitted
downstream of the current limiter
(Ith = 63 A, Ie = 32 A).
Signalling and These devices provide comprehensive local signalling:

- pole position indicator,
attachments - different signalling for overload and short-circuit.
They also allow dialogue with the automated control system by means of numer-
ous add-on blocks:
- auxiliary contact and signalling blocks,
- remote electrical reset device for integral 32 and 63,
- undervoltage and shunt trips for integral 32 and 63,
- control circuit switching,
- etc.
Simple fixing and Integral 18 and 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers clip directly onto 35 mm
rails.
Integral 63 contractor breakers and reversing contactor breakers fit onto 75 mm
rails using a separate
cabling methods mounting plate.
Integral units can also be mounted on:
- panels,
- pre-slotted mounting plates type AM1-P,
- 2 x 35 mm
rails using sliding clip nuts,
- CMD prefabricated plug-in busbar trunking (providing an economical assembly, combining safety and
simplicity of use),
- AK5 panel busbar systems.


Terminology Motor starters - open version 1

contactor breakers
Altitude The rarefied atmosphere at high altitude reduces the dielectric strength of the
air and hence the rated operational voltage of the contactor breaker. It also
reduces the cooling effect of the air and hence the rated operational current
of the contactor breaker (unless the temperature drops at the same time).
No derating is necessary up to 3000 m.
Derating factors to be applied above this altitude for main pole operational
voltage and current (a.c. supply) are as follows:
Altitude 3500 m 4000m 4500m 5000m
Rated operational voltage 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.60

Rated operational current 0.92 0.90 0.88 0.86
Ambient air temperature The temperature of the air surrounding the device, measured near to the
device. The operating characteristics are given:
- with no restriction for temperatures between - 5 and + 55 C.
- with no restrictions, if necessary, for temperatures between - 50 and + 70 C.
Rated operational current (le) This is defined taking into account the rated operational voltage, operating
rate and duty, utilisation category and air temperature around the device.
Rated conventional thermal current The current which a closed contactor breaker can sustain for a minimum of 8
(Ith) (1) hours without its temperature rise exceeding the limits given in the standards.
Short time rating The current which a closed contactor breaker can sustain for a short time,
after a period of no load, without dangerous overheating.
Rated operational voltage (Ue) This is the voltage value which, in conjunction with the rated operational cur-
rent, determines the use of the contactor breaker or starter, and on which the
corresponding tests and the utilisation category are based. For 3-phase cir-
cuits, it is expressed as the voltage between phases.
Apart from exceptional cases such as rotor short-circuiting, the rated opera-
tional voltage Ue is less than or equal to the rated insulation voltage Ui.
Rated control circuit voltage The rated value of the control circuit voltage, on which the operating charac-
(Uc) teristics are based. For a.c. applications, the values are given for a near sinu-
soidal wave form (less than 5% total harmonic distortion).
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) This is the voltage value used to define the insulation characteristics of a
device and referred to in dielectric tests determining leakage paths and
creepage distances. As the specifications are not identical for all standards,
the rated values given for each of them are not necessarily the same.
Rated impulse withstand This is the highest peak value of an impulse voltage, of prescribed form and
voltage (Uimp) polarity, which the device is able to withstand without failure under specified
test conditions, and to which isolation clearance values are referred.The rated
impulse withstand voltage of a device must be equal to or higher than the val-
ues stated for the transient overvoltages appearing in the circuit in which the
device is fitted
Rated operational power The rated power of the standard motor which can be switched by the contac-
(expressed in kW) tor breaker, at the stated operational voltage.
Note: these definitions are based on extracts from standard IEC 947.
(1) Conventional free air thermal current, conforming to IEC standards.


Terminology (continued) Motor starters - open version 1

contactor breakers
Rated breaking capacity This is the current value which the contactor breaker can break in accordance
(lq) (1) with the breaking conditions specified in the IEC standard
Rated making capacity (1) This is the current value which the contactor breaker can make in accordance
with the making conditions specified in the IEC standard.
On-load factor (m) This is the ratio between the time the current flows (t) and the duration of the
cycle (T):
t
m= t
T
T
Cycle duration: duration of current flow + time at zero current.
Pole impedance The impedance of one pole is the sum of the impedance of all the circuit
components between the input terminal and the output terminal.
The impedance comprises a resistive component (R) and an inductive

component (X = L). The total impedance therefore depends on the
frequency and is normally given for 50 Hz. The average value is given for the
pole at its rated operational current.
Electrical durability This is the average number of on-load operating cycles which the main pole
contacts can perform without maintenance. The electrical durability depends
on the utilisation category, the rated operational current and the rated
operational voltage.
Mechanical durability This is the average number of no-load operating cycles (i.e. with zero current
flow through the main poles) which the contactor breaker can perform without
mechanical failure.
Coordination The coordination of protection devices involves combining, in a selective way,

a short-circuit protection device (fuses or magnetic circuit breakers) with a
contactor and an overload protection device. Its objective is to break any
abnormal current, in plenty of time, without any danger to personnel whilst
providing adequate protection of the equipment against an overload or a
short-circuit current.
Type 1 - IEC 947-4-1

In a short-circuit condition, the contactor or starter must not present any danger
to personnel or installations and may not be able to resume operation without
repair or the replacement of parts.
Type 2 - IEC 947-4-1

In a short-circuit condition, the contactor or starter must not present any danger
to personnel or installations and must be able to resume operation. The risk of
contact welding is permissible if they can be easily separated.
Total, ensuring reliability of operation - IEC 947-6-2

In the event of a short-circuit, no damage or risk of welding is permissible on
the equipment constituting the motor starter. Operation can be resumed
without any maintenance.
Note: these definitions are based on extracts from standard IEC 947.
(1) For a.c. applications, the breaking and making capacities are expressed by the rms value of the symmetrical
component of the short-circuit current. Taking into account the maximum asymmetry which may exist in the circuit, the
contacts therefore have to withstand a peak asymmetrical current which may be twice the rms symmetrical component.


Terminology (continued) Motor starters - open version 1

contactor breakers
Definition The standard utilisation categories define the current values which the contactor breaker must be able to make or break.
These values depend on:
- the type of load being switched: squirrel cage or slip ring motor, resistors,
- the conditions under which making or breaking takes place: motor stalled, starting or running, reversing, plugging.
Reminder of standards / IEC 947-1: general rules / IEC 947-2: circuit breakers / IEC 947-3: isolating devices
IEC 947 / IEC 947-6-2: control and protection devices
Standards for IEC 947-4-1

Standard IEC 947-4-1: covering contactors and electromechanical motor starters.
contactor breakers It concerns:
- types of equipment with main contacts designed for connection to circuits whose rated operational voltage does not
exceed 1000 V for a.c. applications or 1500 V for d.c. applications,
- contactors used in conjunction with overload and/or short-circuit protection devices,
- motor starters used in conjunction with separate short-circuit protection devices and/or with separate short-circuit
protection devices and built-in overload protection devices,
- contactors and combination motor starters which incorporate their own short-circuit protection device.
Utilisation categories for a.c. applications
Category AC-1
This category applies to all types of a.c. load with a power factor equal to or greater than 0.95 (cos 0.95). Non
inductive or slightly inductive loads.
Application examples: heating, distribution.
Category AC-2
This category applies to starting, plugging and inching of slip ring motors.
/ On closing, the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 2.5 times the rated current of the motor.
/ On opening, it must break the starting current, at a voltage less than or equal to the mains supply voltage.
Category AC-3
This category applies to squirrel cage motors with breaking during normal running of the motor.
/ On closing the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 5 to 7 times the rated current of the motor.
/ On opening, it breaks the rated current drawn by the motor; at this point, the voltage at the contactor breaker
terminals is about 20% of the mains supply voltage. Breaking is light.
Application examples: all standard squirrel cage motors (lifts, escalators, conveyor belts, bucket elevators,
compressors, pumps, mixers, air conditioning units, etc.)
Category AC-4
This category covers applications with plug braking and inching of squirrel cage motors.
/ On closing, the contactor breaker makes a current peak which may be as high as 5 or 7 times the rated motor
current.
/ On opening, it breaks this same current at a voltage which is higher, the lower the motor speed. This voltage can
be the same as the mains voltage. Breaking is severe.
Application examples: printing machines, wire drawing machines, hoisting equipment, metallurgy industry.
Tripping classes The creation of thermal tripping classes allows better adaptation of the thermal
of
protection modules Class 10 A
Tripping time at 7.2 Ir (1) 210 seconds
Standards for IEC 947-5

auxiliary contacts Standard IEC 947-5-1: covers switching devices and components for control circuits.
It concerns electromechanical devices for control circuits.
Category AC-14 (2)

This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads whose power drawn with the electromagnet closed is
less than 72 VA.
Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors and relays.
Category AC-15 (2)

This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads whose power drawn with the electromagnet closed is
greater than 72 VA.
Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors.
(1) Ir = protection module setting current
(2) Replaces category AC-11.
(3) Replaces category DC-11.


1
/ IEC 947-4-1: contactors and motor starters / IEC 947-5-1: control and signalling units
IEC 947-6-2
Standard IEC 947-6: covers multi-function equipment.
It concerns connection, switching and protection devices (or equipment) with main contacts designed for connection to circuits whose rated operational voltage
is less than or equal to 1000 V for a.c. applications, or 1500 V for d.c. applications.
Such devices are designed to perform both the power switching function and the protection of remotely controlled circuits function; they can also perform other
functions, such as isolation.
After short-circuit (Isc) tests, the products must be able to make and break the currents corresponding to the specified utilisation categories, and to the
number of operating cycles specified in the standard, without failing. This series of tests is completed by temperature rise tests. Standard IEC 947-6-2
specifies that, in the event of a short-circuit, no damage or risk of contact welding is permissible on the devices constituting the motor starter.
The integral contactor breaker, through its design, ensures reliability of operation. After eliminating the fault, operation can be resumed instantly
without any maintenance work on the product, other than resetting.
Category AC-41
This category applies to all types of a.c. device (load) with a power factor equal to or greater than 0.95 (cos 0.95). Non inductive or slightly inductive loads.
Application examples: heating, distribution
Category AC-42
This category applies to starting, plugging and inching of slip ring motors.
/ On closing, the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 2.5 times the rated current of the motor.
/ On opening, it must break the starting current, at a voltage less than or equal to the mains supply voltage.
Category AC-43
This category applies to squirrel cage motors with breaking while motor running; inching or occasional reversing of limited duration are permissible if the number
of operating cycles does not exceed 5 per minute, or 10 within a 10 minute period.
/ On closing the contactor breaker makes the starting current, which is about 5 to 7 times the rated motor current.
/ On opening, it breaks the rated current drawn by the motor; at this point, the voltage at the contactor breaker terminals is about 20% of the mains supply
voltage. Breaking is light.
Application examples: all standard squirrel cage motors (lifts, escalators, conveyor belts, bucket elevators, compressors, pumps, mixers, air conditioning units,
etc...).
Category AC-44
This category covers applications with plug braking and inching of squirrel cage or slip ring motors.
/ On closing, the contactor breaker makes a current peak which may be as high as 5 or 7 times the rated motor current.
/ On opening, it breaks this same current at a voltage which is higher, the lower the motor speed. This voltage can be the same as the mains voltage. Breaking
is severe.
Application examples: printing machines, wire drawing machines, hoisting equipment, metallurgy industry.
protection to suit different motor and application technologies (short or long starting times). Conforming to IEC 947-4-1 and IEC 947-6-2.
10 20 30
4...10 seconds 620 seconds 930 seconds
Utilisation category for d.c. applications
Category DC-13 (3)

This category applies to the switching of electromagnetic loads for which the time taken to reach 95 % of the steady state current (T = 0.95) is equal to 6
times the power P drawn by the load (with P 50 W).
Application example: switching the operating coil of contactor breakers.

Equipment selection for Motor starters - open version 1
starters integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and

When designing an installation, it is essential to take into account precise criteria for determining the conductor c.s.a.
and selecting equipment.
In particular:
- permissible currents for the conductors,
- maximum voltage drops,
- short-circuit protection,
- protection against indirect contact.
The latter three criteria must be taken into account when selecting the integral unit.
The principle behind the rules described below is, on the whole, common to all European publications. However, the
calculations and values concerning protection against indirect contact are based on French standard NF C 15-100, and
it is up to the user to check the regulations in force in the country concerned.
Cable protection against short-circuit
To achieve this, the thermal setting value Irth selected must be greater than the current drawn IB and less than or equal
to the permissible current Iz in the cable to be protected.
IB < Irth Iz
Short-circuit protection
/ Breaking capacity rule: check that the breaking capacity (BC) of the integral unit is equal to or greater than the
prospective short-circuit current (Isc max) at the point where it is to be installed.
BC Isc max
/ Breaking time rule: 2 conditions must be fulfilled:
- The short-circuit current at the end of the circuit, Isc min, must be greater than or equal to the minimum current
required for magnetic tripping of the device,
- The short-circuit current at the start of the circuit, Isc max, must be such that:
I2sc max tm I2oto I2oto = permissible thermal stress limit for the circuit,
tm = operating time of the integral unit or of the short-circuit protection device.
These 2 checks need only be made when modules with a low rating are used.
Example: for a 6.3/10 A module, a cable c.s.a. than 2.5 mm2 is required to withstand Isc max = 50 kA.
Protection against indirect contact in TN schemes
Multiple earthed neutral scheme
PEN B B'
C C'
TNC scheme
/ Neutral is connected to earth.
/ The earths are connected to neutral.
/ Any phase/earth insulation fault causes a short-circuit.
/ As contact voltage is dangerous, breaking must occur at the first fault.
/ The PE conductor and the neutral conductor may be:

- combined (TNC scheme),
- separate (TNS scheme).
General : References Integral 18 : References Integral 32 : References Integral 63 : Dimensions and schemes :
pages 21151/2 to 21151/7 pages 21162/2 to 21164/3 pages 21165/2 to 21168/3 pages 21169/2 to 21172/3 pages 21009/2 to 21011/5
Equipment selection for Motor starters - open version 1
starters integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers

and reversing contactor breakers
Protection against indirect contact in TN schemes (continued)
/ Protection against indirect contact (TN schemes), for dead shorts only, requires that the following 2 conditions be
fulfilled simultaneously:
- The fault current Id must be greater than or equal to the minimum current required for magnetic tripping of the integral
unit, i.e. 1.12 Irth max.
Id = c.q.Uo c = coefficient taking into account the upstream part of the fault loop impedance
Zb assumed to be equal to 0.8, unless otherwise indicated.
q = coefficient dependent on the earth connection scheme and equal to 1 in the TN
scheme.
Uo = phase-neutral voltage in volts.
Zb = fault loop impedance in m/m such that: Zb R (fault loop resistance).
L = length of the fault loop equal to twice the length Lc of the circuit.
R = L = 2 Lc
S S S = Sph, c.s.a of the phase conductors = SPE = c.s.a. of the protective conductors
= resistivity of the copper = 0.0225.
= ratio between the magnetic tripping current and the maximum setting current of
the instantaneous thermal tripping device.
- The contact voltage (UL) for a dead short is at most equal to the value determined by the safety curve for the operating
time tm of the integral unit in its magnetic tripping zone.
This condition is generally fulfilled for power supplies of 230/415 V. (In fact, for UL = 50 V, a tm 500 ms would be
required and for UL = 25 V, a tm 110 ms would be required).
The first condition allows us to calculate the maximum length of the circuit to provide protection against indirect contact
in the TN scheme.
For the TN scheme:

c.q.Uo.Sph
L
2.1. Irth
0.8 x Uo x Sph
i.e. L max =
2 x 0.0225 x 1.2 Irth max
Maximum length of 230/415 V circuits with TN scheme
Irth max =3 =6 = 12 = 15
mm2 A m m m m
1.5 10 180 90 45 36
16 112 56 28 22
2.5 10 298 149 75 60

16 186 93 47 37
25 118 59 32
32 92 46 23
4 16 296 148 74 60
25 190 95 48
32 148 74 37
40 118 59 30
6 25 284 142 71
32
40 178 89 45
50 142 71 36
10 32 370 185 93
40 296 148 74
50 236 118 59
63 188 94 47
16 32 590 295 148

40 472 236 118
50 378 189 95
63 300 150 75
25 32 922 461 281

40 738 369 185
50 590 295 148
63 468 234 117
Selection according to Motor starters - open version 1
utilisation category and integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and

required electrical durability
Selection for a temperature 40 C
Rated operational voltage V 220/240 400/415 440 480/525 600/690
Rated operational currents (according to the rated operational voltage)
integral 18 A 18 18 18 18 18
integral 32 A 32 32 32 32 32
integral 63 A 63 63 63 63 63
Rated operational powers (for standard motors)
integral 18 kW 4 9 9 11 15
integral 32 kW 7.5 15 15 18.5 25
integral 63 kW 15 33 33 37 55
Electrical durability
Control and protection of motors at Ue 415 V :

- in utilisation categories AC2, AC3 conforming to IEC 947-4-1,
- in utilisation categories AC42, AC43 conforming to IEC 947-6-2.
integral 18 integral 32 and 63

Millions of operating cycles Millions of operating cycles
20 20
10
2 1 10 (32 A)
8 8
6 6 (63 A)
5 5
4 4
2 1 1
2 2
1,5 1,5
1 1
0,8 0,8
0,6 0,6
0,4 0,4
0,2 0,2
0,1 0,1
0,08 0,08
0,06 0,06
0,04 0,04
0,02 0,02
0,01 0,01
1 1,5 2 3 4 5 67 9 20 40 60 100150 200300 1 1,5 2 3 4 5 67 9 20 40 60 80 150200300
8 10 18 45 80 8 10 32 63 100 160
Current broken in A Current broken in A
1 Not having previously broken a short-circuit current

2 Having broken a short-circuit current 10 times at 30 Ie (most common values of short-circuit current during operation)
Current
breaking
limits
In categories AC-3 AC-2

AC-43 AC-42
Selection according to Motor starters - open version 1
utilisation category and integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and

required electrical durability
a.c. supply, utilisation categories AC-1, AC-3, AC-41, AC-43
Rated operational currents (according to ambient temperature)
With cable c.s.a. 40 C 55 C 70 C
integral 18 4 mm2 A 18 16 14
integral 32 6 mm2 A 32 28 25
integral 63 16 mm2 A 63 55 50
a.c. supply, utilisation categories AC-1, AC-41
Maximum operating rates in operating cycles/hour

On-load factor 85 % On-load factor 25 %
Operation Operation Operation
at Ie max at 0.5 Ie at Ie max
integral 18 Operating cycles/h 600 1200 900
Electrical durability Ue 415 V
Millions of operating cycles

20
(18 A) (32 A)
10
8
6 (63 A)
5
4
2
1,5
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04
0,02
0,01
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 18 20 32 40 60 63 80 100
Current broken in A
Note: for use in category AC-44, please consult your Regional Sales Office.
Characteristics Motor starters - open version 1
integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor

breakers
Type integral 18
Number of poles 3
Rated operational current (Ie) In AC-43 A 18

Rated operational voltage (Ue) V 690
Electrical durability in AC-43 at 415 V 2 million operating cycles
Mechanical durability at Uc 10 million operating cycles
Maximum operating rate " 1200 operating cycles/hour

at ambient temperature 55 C $ with converter 600 operating cycles/hour
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC: 947-1, 947-2, 947-3, 947-4-1, 947-6-2

VDE: 0100, 0110, 0113, 0170, 0171, 471, 0660
EN 60 947-1, 60 947-2, 60 947-3, 60 947-4-1, 60 947-6-2
NEN, NBN
Product certifications ASE, ASEFA, ASTA, CSA DEMKO, DNV

NEMKO, RINA, SEMKO, SETI, UL
Protective treatment TH
Ambient air temperature " Operation C - 20+ 60

around the device Storage C - 40+ 80
$ Operation C - 25+ 50
(1) Storage C - 25+ 70
Vibration resistance 5100 Hz Energised state: 3 gn

Permissible acceleration De-energised state: 3 gn
Shock resistance Impulse duration: 11 ms Energised state: 8 gn

Degree of protection To IEC 144 and 529 IP 20B

To VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact
Flame resistance Conforming to IEC 295-2-1, NF C 20-455, and decree of 22-12-81

(JO 27 NC of 1st and 2/2/1982)
Conforming to UL 94 - V0 and NF T 51-072
Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 3000
Operating positions In relation to From fixing From main

(without derating) normal vertical plane axis
mounting plane (fore-aft (left-right
tilt) tilt)
Control circuit characteristics
Rated control " 50 Hz V 21660

circuit voltage (Uc) " 60 Hz V 21600
$ with converter V 24
Voltage limits Operating 0.851.1 Uc

at 55 C Drop out 0.250.7 Uc
Average consumption " Inrush VA 75 (50 Hz), 90 (60 Hz)

at 20 C and at Uc Sealed VA 8 (50 Hz), 9 (60 Hz)
$ (1) Inrush W 100
Sealed W 1.5
Heat dissipation W 2.5 (50 Hz), 2.8 (60 Hz)
Operating time (2) " 50/60 Hz C ms 925

at 20 C and at Uc O ms 725
$ with C ms 1520
converter O ms 2025
(1) With converter.
(2) The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles.
The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.
General: Selection: References: Dimensions, schemes:


breakers
Type integral 18
Pole characteristics
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 40 C A 18

Frequency limits of
operational current Hz 4060
Rated impulse
withstand voltage (Uimp) Conforming to IEC 947-4 kV 6 in enclosure
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-1 V 690
Heat dissipation in the power Operational current A 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 18
circuits of the contactor breaker
and its protection module Power per pole, hot state W 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.4 2.9 3.2 3.8 3.8
Rated making I rms Conforming to IEC 947-4 A 15 x Ith (above this value, the breaker trips)
capacity I peak Conforming to IEC 947-2 kA 105
Rated breaking capacity Operating voltage V 220/240 380/415 440 480/525 600/690
to IEC 947-2 Value of cos 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.3 0.5
Icu (O-t-CO) kA rms 50 50 40 10 4
Ics (O-t CO-t-CO) kA rms 50 50 50 10 5
to IEC 947-6-2 Icu = Ics kA rms 50 50 25 7.5 2

ensuring reliability of operation O-t-CO-t-rCO
O: breaking short-circuit current (open); t: time
CO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - manual)
rCO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - remote control)
Total breaking time ms 2.5
Thermal limit With Isc max at 415 V, 50 Hz A 2s 100 x 103

American Wire Gauge
Cabling Maximum c.s.a. Minimum c.s.a. AWG
Flexible cable without cable end mm2 2x6 2 x 1.5 2 x AWG 16 to
Flexible cable with cable end mm2 2 x 4 or 1 x 6 2x1 2 x AWG 10
Solid cable mm2 2x6 2 x 1.5
Tightening torque N.m 1.7
Characteristics of thermal-magnetic or magnetic only protection modules
Type LB1-LB03P//
Protection Standard motors

Conforming to standards IEC 947-6-1, IEC 947-6-2
Number of poles 3
Number of protected poles 3
Rated operational voltage V 690
Maximum continuous current A 0.1618
Thermal protection Setting range (Irth min/Irth max) A 0.1/0.1612/18
Temperature compensation C - 20+ 60
Protection against With

phase imbalance
Tripping class 10
Magnetic protection Instantaneous trip current Fixed at 15 Irth max

conforming to IEC 947-1/2/4/6-2 setting range
Tripping tolerance 20 %
Characteristics of versions without control test function, with padlocking facility
Conforming to standards IEC 947
Electrical durability Operating cycles 10 000
Padlocking facility 1 padlock, 5 shank

Characteristics (continued) Motor starters - open version 1

breakers
Add-on current limiter and auxiliary contacts
Add-on current limiter LA9 LB920
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-1 V 690 (50/60 Hz)
Rated operational voltage (Uc) V 690 (50/60 Hz)
Conventional thermal current (Ith) Conforming to IEC 947-6-2 A 63
Operational thermal current (Ie) A 32
Operating threshold rms current A 1000 (non adjustable threshold)
Cabling Solid cable mm2 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor, or 2 x 1.5 to 10 identical conductors

Flexible cable without cable end mm2 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor , or 2 x 1.5 to 10 conductors
Flexible cable with cable end mm2 1 x 1.5 to 16 conductor , or 2 x 1.5 to 4 conductors
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Conventional thermal current (Ith) A 10
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-5-1 V 690
Switching capacity With U 17 V and I 10 mA mVA 600
Rated " category AC-15 (1) Voltage V 48 110/127 220/240 380/415 440
operational 1 million operating cycles VA 300 500 600 520 500
power 1.5 million operating cycles VA 160 300 330 300 280
Making capacity " category AC-15 VA 1500 3500 6000 7500 7000
Rated $ category DC-13 (2) Voltage V 24 48 110 220 440

operational 1 million operating cycles W 120 90 75 68 61
power 1.5 million operating cycles W 70 50 38 33 28
Making capacity $ category DC-13 W 800 700 400 260 220
Cabling mm2 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5. Minimum c.s.a.: 2 x 1
Signalling contacts
Operational power " Voltage V 110/127 220

for 200 000
operating cycles Resistive load VA 600 750
Lamp load (3) VA 90 125
Inductive load (4) VA 875 500
Motor (5) VA 160 200
$ Voltage V 24 48 110/125 200
Resistive load W 100 100 50 50
Lamp load (3) W 50 50 6 7.5
Inductive load (4) W 75 75 50 50
Motor (5) W 75 75 6 7.5
Cabling mm2 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 - Minimum c.s.a.: 2 x 1
(1) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet:

making current (cos 0.7) = 10 times the breaking current (cos 0.4).
(2) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, the time constant increasing with the
load.
(3) Lamp load: peak current = 10 times the rated current.
(4) Inductive load: cos 0.4 for a.c. operation; time constant 7 ms for d.c. operation.
(5) Motor: peak current = 6 times the rated current.

breakers
Electronic serial timer modules
Type LA4-DT (On-delay) LA4-DR (Off-delay)
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC 255-5 IEC 255-5

Product certifications Pending UL, CSA UL, CSA
Protective treatment TH TH
Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Against direct finger contact Against direct finger contact
Ambient air temperature Storage C - 40+ 80 - 40+ 80

around the device Operation C - 25+ 55 - 25+ 55
Operation at Uc C - 25+ 70 - 25+ 70
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-1 and V 250 250
VDE 0110 (group C)
Built-in protection On input By varistor By varistor

Contact breaker By varistor By peak
coil suppression limiting diode
Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) V " or $ 24250 " 24250

Voltage limits 0.81.1 Uc 0.81.1 Uc
Control type By mechanical contact only By mechanical contact only

(connecting cable < 10 m)
Cabling Flexible or solid cable, mm2 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1

with or without cable end Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5
Time delay characteristics
Timing ranges s 0.12 - 1.530 - 25500 0.12 - 1.530 - 25500
Repeat accuracy 040 C 3 % (10 ms minimum) 3 % (10 ms minimum)
Reset time During the time delay ms 100 225

After the time delay ms 50
Immunity to micro-breaks During the time delay ms 10 20

After the time delay ms 2
Minimum control pulse duration ms 40
Time delay signalling By LED Illuminates during time delay Illuminates during time delay
Switching characteristics (solid state type)
Maximum power dissipated W 2 3.5
Leakage current mA < 5 < 5
Residual voltage V 3.3 3.3

Overvoltage protection 3 kV; 0.5 joule 3 kV; 0.5 joule
Electrical durability Millions of operating cycles 30 30
Operating diagrams
Electronic on-delay timer LA4-DT Electronic off-delay timer LA4-DR
Uc supply 1
(A1 - A2) 0
Uc supply 1 Control 1
(A1 - A2) 0 (A2 - B2) 0
1 1
Time delay output 0
Time delay output
0
Contactor breaker coil t Contactor breaker coil t
Red LED Red LED

Characteristics (continued) Motor starters - open version 1

breakers
Interface modules and converters
Type Interface modules Converters
Used for direct control of By a programmable controller, with a.c. control of the electromagnet By a programmable controller, with
the integral 18 d.c. control of the electromagnet.
Control on d.c. supply
Protective treatment TH TH
Ambient air temperature C Storage: - 40+ 80 Storage: - 40+ 80

around the device
Operation: - 25+ 55 Operation: - 25+ 50
Rated insulation V 250 conforming to IEC 158-1 and 947-1 and VDE 0110 (group C)
voltage (Ui)
Protection against direct finger contact Conforming to VDE 0106 Conforming to VDE 0106
Cabling mm2 Min: 1 x 1 - Max: 2 x 2.5 Min: 1 x 1 - Max: 2 x 2.5
Operating limits 0.8...1.1 Uc (2)
Protection Of the input and against reverse polarity: by diode. Against reverse polarity (by diode)
and against overvoltage
Module or converter type LA4-DFB LA4-DFE LA4-DLB LA4-DLE LA4-DWB LA1-LB080BD
Technology Relay Relay + override Solid state Solid state
E1 +
E2
E1 +
E2
E1 +
E2
Schemes
E1
+ $ A1
E3
"
(0V) E2
A2
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A1
K K K
Indication of input state By built-in LED
Input signals Voltage V $ 24 $ 48 $ 24 $ 48 $ 524 $ 24

(logic side) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E2-E3)
Current mA 25 15 25 15 8.5 for 5 V 10

15 for 24 V
State 0 guaranteed for U V < 2.4 < 4.8 < 2.4 < 4.8 < 2.4 <7
or
I mA <2 < 1.3 <2 < 1.3 <2 <5
State 1 guaranteed for U V 17 < U < 30 33 < U < 60 17 < U < 30 33 < U < 60 5 < U < 30 U > 14
Supply voltage V " 24250 $ 24

(A1-A2) (E1-E2) (2)
Operating characteristics
Electrical durability 10 10 3 3 20 2
in millions of operating cycles
Immunity to ms 4 4 4 4 1
micro-breaks
Average consumption W 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 Inrush: 100

at 20 C Sealed: 1.5
Operating Pull-in ms 1530 1530 1530 1530 30

time (1)
at 20 C and at Uc Drop-out ms 2035 2035 2035 2035 15
(1) The operating times depend on the type of electromagnet driving the contactor breaker and its control method. The closing time C is measured from the moment
the integral coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the
moment the main poles separate.
(2) Warning: for supply from rectified a.c., the power supply must exceed 150 VA and the maximum ripple must be 14 %.

breakers
Breaking capacity of integral 18 contactor breakers, ensuring reliability of operation, according to the operational voltage
and protection module fitted.
Breaking capacity without current limiter

Protection module Operational voltage
Reference Irth 220/240 V 400/415 V 440 V 480/525 V 600/690 V
min max
A A kA kA kA kA kA
LB1-LB03P01 0.1 0.16 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P02 0.16 0.25 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P03 0.25 0.4 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P04 0.4 0.63 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P05 0.63 1 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P06 1 1.6 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P07 1.6 2.5 130 130 130 130 50
LB1-LB03P08 2.5 4 130 130 130 130 50
LB1-LB03P10 4 6 130 130 50 50 5
LB1-LB03P13 6 10 50 50 50 10 5
LB1-LB03P17 10 16 50 50 25 7.5 2
LB1-LB03P21 12 18 50 50 25 7.5 2
Breaking capacity with current limiter LA9-LB920
LB1-LB03P01 0.1 0.16 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P02 0.16 0.25 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P03 0.25 0.4 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P04 0.4 0.63 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P05 0.63 1 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P06 1 1.6 130 130 130 130 130
LB1-LB03P07 1.6 2.5 130 130 130 130 50
LB1-LB03P08 2.5 4 130 130 130 130 50
LB1-LB03P10 4 6 130 130 65 65 50
LB1-LB03P13 6 10 65 65 65 65 42
LB1-LB03P17 10 16 65 65 65 65 42
LB1-LB03P21 12 18 65 65 65 65 42

Selection of protection Motor starters - open version 1
module according to the integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor

breakers
tripping characteristics
Motor protection
By thermal-magnetic modules (1) LB1-LB03P
Time
300
min 0,16 0,4 1 2,5 6 12 18 (1) Thermal protection: the average operating times shown in these
100 0,1 0,25 0,63 1,6 4 10 16 curves are for an ambient air temperature of 20 C, without prior current
P01
min P02 flow (cold state). The average operating time after prolonged current
P03 flow (hot state) can be calculated by applying the coefficient 0.5.
P04
P05
P06
P07
P08
10 P10
P13
min P17
P21
1 min
10 s
0,15 3,75 9,45 24 60 150 240

2,4 6 15 37,5 90 180 270
0,1 s
0,01 s
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000

Current in A
Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit
3-phase 400/415 V, 50 Hz
Current limitation on short-circuit Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit
Thermal limit in kA2s

Maximum peak current in kA in the magnetic operating zone
100
8
5
80 100
,2
=0
60 80 7
40 60 6
,3
=0
20 40
5
,5
=0
10 8
8 7 20
6 6
,7
=0
4 5

10 4
s
co
2 4 8
6
1 3
0,8 4
0,6
3
0,4 2
2
0,2
2
1
0,1 1
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200
130 130
Prospective rms short-circuit current in kA Prospective rms short-circuit current in kA
1 0.631 A 5 46 A
2 11.6 A 6 610 A
3 1.62.5 A 7 1016 A
4 2.54 A 8 1218 A
module according to the integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor

breakers
Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit (continued)
3-phase 480/525 V, 50 Hz
Current limitation on short-circuit Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit
Thermal limit in kA2s

Maximum peak current in kA in the magnetic operating zone
100
25
80 100
8
,
=0
60 80
7
40 60 6
3
5
,
=0
20 40
5,
=0
10
8 20
6
8 7
6 5 4
,7
=0
10
s
co
4 8
2
6
1 3 3
0,8 4
0,6
0,4 2
2 2
0,2 1
0,1 1
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200
130 130
1 0.631 A 5 46 A
2 11.6 A 6 610 A
3 1.62.5 A 7 1016 A
4 2.54 A 8 1218 A


breakers (for customer assembly)
3-pole contactor breakers without protection module (1)

Standard power ratings Operational Breaking Basic reference (3) Weight
of 3-phase motors in category AC-43 current capacity Complete with
(Iq) code indicating
220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V for control circuit
240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V Ue 415 V voltage (2) Usual voltages
kW kW kW kW kW A kA kg
Without control test function, with padlocking facility
Black knob
4 9 9 9 15 18 50 LD1-LB030/ B E F M Q 0.650
LD1-LB030/ 3-pole reversing contactor breakers without protection module (1)
Black knob (VDE 0113)
4 9 9 9 15 18 50 LD5-LB130/ B E F M Q 1.600
Thermal-magnetic protection modules (compensated and differential for normal starting motors) (5)
Standard power ratings Thermal Reference Weight

of 3-phase motors setting
50/60 Hz in category AC-43 range
220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V (Irth min
240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V to Irth max)
kW kW kW kW kW A kg
Fixed magnetic protection, set at 15 Irth max
( ( ( ( ( 0.10.16 LB1-LB03P01 0.250
( 0.06 ( ( ( 0.160.25 LB1-LB03P02 0.250
0.06 0.09 ( ( ( 0.250.4 LB1-LB03P03 0.250
( 0.12 ( ( 0.37 0.40.63 LB1-LB03P04 0.250

0.18
LD5-LB130/
0.09 0.25 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.631 LB1-LB03P05 0.250
0.12
0.18 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 11.6 LB1-LB03P06 0.250

0.25 0.55
0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.62.5 LB1-LB03P07 0.250
0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 2.54 LB1-LB03P08 0.250

0.75 1.5
1.1 2.2 2.2 3.7 4 46 LB1-LB03P10 0.250
1.5 3 4 5.5 7.5 610 LB1-LB03P13 0.250

2.2 4
3 5.5 7.5 10 11 1016 LB1-LB03P17 0.250

7.5
4 9 9 11 15 1218 LB1-LB03P21 0.250

LB1-LB03P06 ( There are no standard power ratings for these motors.
(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately, see above.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (variable delivery times, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660
400
50 Hz LD/-LB B D E F M P/PU7 U Q N R S Y
60 Hz LD/-LB BC CC D K FC LC MC MC/PU7 Q N S
$ (4) LD/-LB BD
(3) UL 508 type E approved version (SPCD) at 347/600 V, as standard.
(4) For use on $, the unit is supplied with 1 or 2 converters, including coil suppression device (2 converters for
reversing contactor breakers).
(5) Protection modules UL and CSA approved.
Dimensions and schemes :
pages 21009/2 to 21011/5


breakers (pre-assembled)
Control circuit voltage: 220 V, 50 Hz
3-pole contactor breakers with thermal-magnetic protection module

Standard power ratings Thermal Breaking Reference Weight
of 3-phase motors setting capacity
50/60 Hz in category AC-43 range (Iq)
220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V (Irth min for
240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V to Irth max) Ue 415 V
0.09 0.25 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.631 130 LD3-LB130M05 0.900

0.12
LD3-LB130M//
0.18 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 11.6 130 LD3-LB130M06 0.900
0.25 0.55
0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.62.5 130 LD3-LB130M07 0.900
0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 2.54 130 LD3-LB130M08 0.900

0.75 1.5
1.1 2.2 2.2 3.7 4 46 130 LD3-LB130M10 0.900
1.5 3 4 5.5 7.5 610 50 LD3-LB130M13 0.900

2.2 4
3 5.5 7.5 10 11 1016 50 LD3-LB130M17 0.900

7.5
Dimensions and schemes :

pages 21009/2 to 21011/5

1
AUTO
+
TRIP.
AUTO
+
TRIP.
LD5-LB + LB1-LB
LA1-LB001
LA1-LB021
LA1-LB001
LA1-LB015
LA1-LB0311
LA1-LB0211
AUTO
+
TRIP.
LA1-LB034 O
LD1-LB + LB1-LB
LD3-LB
LA1-LB031
LA1-LB0341


breakers
Add-on blocks
Current limiter (IP 20)

For Function Reference Weight
use on kg
LD1 or LD5 Increases the breaking capacity of the integral unit LA9-LB920 0.320
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP 20)

For Type and number Composition Reference Weight
use on of blocks per unit
LA9-LB920
N/O N/C kg
LD1 or LD5 1 block of 5 contacts comprising: LA1-LB015 0.100

Mounted on - 3 signalling contacts contactor state 2 1
RH side - 2 signalling contacts tripped 1 1
LD1 1 block of 2 signalling contacts 2 LA1-LB031 0.100

Mounted on control knob in any position
LH side other than Auto
1 block of 2 signalling contacts 1 1 LA1-LB0311 0.100

control knob in any position
other than Auto
1 block of 4 contacts comprising: LA1-LB034 0.100

- 2 signalling contacts control knob 2
in any position other than Auto
- 2 signalling contacts 1 1
tripped on short-circuit

- 2 signalling contacts control knob 1 1
LD5 1 block of 5 contacts comprising: LA1-LB021 0.100

Mounted on - 3 signalling contacts contactor state 2 1
LH side - 2 signalling contacts control knob 2

- 3 signalling contacts contactor state 2 1
- 2 signalling contacts control knob 1 1
other than Auto
Complementary block with one instantaneous auxiliary contact (IP 10)
LD1 or LD5 1 block comprising 1 LA1-LB001 0.035

Mounted on 1 signalling contact contactor state
RH side or
LH side
Test device
Application Reference Weight
kg
For control circuits LA9-LB398 0.010
LA9-LB398
Dimensions and schemes:

pages 21009/2 to 21011/5

1
AUTO
+
TRIP.
LA9-D09982
AUTO
+
TRIP.
LA1-LB080BD
O
LD5-LB + LB1-LB
AUTO
+
TRIP.
LD1-LB + LB1-LB
LD3-LB


breakers
Accessories and spare parts
Interface modules (1)

Mounting Type Control Supply voltage Reference Weight
voltage $ 50/60 Hz
V V kg
On top Solid state 524 24250 LA4-DWB 0.045

of the
integral Relay output 24 24250 LA4-DFB 0.050
unit 48 24250 LA4-DFE 0.050
Relay output 24 24250 LA4-DLB 0.045

(with override) 48 24250 LA4-DLE 0.045
Electronic serial timer modules

Mounting Type Time delay Operational voltage Reference Weight
50/60 Hz (2)
s V kg
On top On-delay 0.12 24250 LA4-DT0U 0.040

of the 1.530 24250 LA4-DT2U 0.040
integral 25500 24250 LA4-DT4U 0.040
unit
Off-delay 0.12 24250 LA4-DR0U 0.040
1.530 24250 LA4-DR2U 0.050
25500 24250 LA4-DR4U 0.050
Suppressor modules
Mounting Type Operational voltage Reference Weight
50/60 Hz
V kg
On top RC circuit (resistor-capacitor) (3) 2448 LA4-DA2E 0.018

of the Screw connections to 50127 LA4-DA2G 0.018
integral coil of integral unit 110250 LA4-DA2U 0.018
unit
Varistor (peak limiting) 2448 LA4-DE2E 0.018
Screw connections to 50127 LA4-DE2G 0.018
coil of integral unit 110250 LA4-DE2U 0.018
Clip-on RC circuit 250 LA9-D09982 0.010

(resistor-capacitor) (3)
Automatic-Manual-Stop control modules
On top Automatic- 24100 LA4-DMK 0.040

of the Manual-
integral unit Stop 100250 LA4-DMU 0.040
Replacement voltage converters (1) for $ control circuit operation

Mounting For use Operational Consumption Description Reference (5) Weight
on integral voltage Inrush Sealed
$ (4)
V W W kg
On top LD/-LB///BD 24 (6) 100 1.5 Coil LX1-LB024 0.065

of the
integral unit Converter LA1-LB080BD 0.045
(1) For reversing contactor breakers, order 2 interface modules or 2 voltage converters.
(2) For use on 24 V, the integral unit must be fitted with a 21 V coil (see page 21164/3).
(3) An RC circuit provides effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. Voltage limited
to 3 Uc max and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the usual time).
(4) When used on rectified single-phase or 3-phase supply, the ripple must be equal to or less than 0.14 of the average
voltage.
Operating limits 0.8 to 1.1 Uc for an ambient temperature 40 C.
(5) It is essential that the voltage converter be associated with the specific coil indicated.
(6) The 24 V converter can be operated by low level input. In this case, the control circuit voltage must be the same
as the supply voltage (24 V).
Dimensions and schemes:

pages 21009/2 to 21011/5


breakers
Accessories
Protection accessories
Description For use Sold in Unit Weight
on lots of reference kg
Sealing cover Protection module 1 LA1-LB090 0.010
Protective Protection of 5 GV1-G10 0.005

end cover unused busbars
LA1-LB090
Mounting accessories
Description For use Mounting Reference Weight
on on kg
Mounting plate LD1, LD3, LD5 2 x 32 mm LA9-LC010 0.150

rails
Cabling accessories
Description For Pitch Reference Weight
GV1-G09 mm kg
Terminal blocks, Cable entry GV1-G09 0.040

63 A, 3-pole from above
for incoming supply
to one or more
busbar sets Cable entry LA9-LB960 0.110
from below
Busbar set, Supply to 57 LA9-LB930 0.037

63 A, 3-pole 2 or more
integral units
72 GV2-G272 0.050
Supply to 72 GV2-G472 0.085

4 or more
integral units
Supply to 72 LA9-LB940 0.050

LA9-LB960 1 current limiter on LH side
1 integral unit on RH side
Flush mounting accessories

Description For Sold in Unit Weight
lots of reference kg
Recessed terminals Auxiliary contact 2 LA9-LB910 0.001

associated with flush
mounted integral 18
Blanking plate integral 18 10 GA1-C6 0.001

LA9-LB930
Locking accessory
Control knob Fixing on front face 1 LA9-LB390 0.160

locking kit 3 padlocks, 6 mm
shank max.
(padlocks not supplied)
Door interlock mechanism (IP 54)

Type For use Colour Reference Weight
on of knob kg
Adjustable LD1, LD3, LD5 Red LA9-LB330 0.400

from 0 to 185 mm
LA9-LB390 with extension
(control knob mounted Black LA9-LB331 0.400
on plate or door)
General : Selection : Characteristics : Dimensions and schemes :


breakers
Coils (replacement parts)
a.c. operation
Rated control circuit Average Inductance Voltage Reference Weight
voltages resistance of closed reference
Uc Uc at 20 C 10 % circuit code
50 Hz 60 Hz (1)
V V H kg
21 3.27 0.14 JV LX1-LB019 0.065
LX1-LB/// 21 24 4.07 0.18 BC LX1-LB021 0.065
24 5.17 0.23 B LX1-LB024 0.065
36 8.96 0.40 CC LX1-LB032 0.065
42 48 16.41 0.72 D LX1-LB042 0.065
48 21.13 0.95 E LX1-LB048 0.065
110 87.04 4 K LX1-LB100 0.065
115/120 102.22 4.4 FC LX1-LB105 0.065
110 109 5 F LX1-LB110 0.065
127 137 6.6 G LX1-LB127 0.065
220 353 16 LC LX1-LB200 0.065
230/240 379 17.5 MC LX1-LB210 0.065
220 448 20 M LX1-LB220 0.065
230 463 22 P LX1-LB230 0.065
230 240 463 22 PU7 LX1-LB234 0.065
240 493 24 U LX1-LB240 0.065
380/400 440 1389 60 Q LX1-LB380 0.065
415 460/480 1491 70 N LX1-LB415 0.065
440 1779 80 R LX1-LB440 0.065
500 575/600 3312 102 S LX1-LB500 0.065
660 3554 180 Y LX1-LB660 0.065
Consumption at 50 Hz : inrush (cos : 0.55) 75 VA ; sealed (cos : 0.28) 8 VA.
Consumption at 60 Hz : inrush (cos : 0.55) 90 VA ; sealed (cos : 0.30) 9 VA.
d.c. operation
The integral 18 can operate on a d.c. supply when fitted with a standard coil and a corresponding voltage converter :
see page 21163/5.
(1) Coil voltage reference code, used to complete the basic reference when ordering an integral unit.
General : Selection : Characteristics : Dimension and schemes :

Operation Motor starters - open version 1
integral 18 contactor breakers

Auxiliary contact states according to the positions
of the control knob
LD1 Auxiliary contact actuators

1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Auto +0 Auto +0 Auto +0 Auto +0

A1
A2
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LB015 LA1-LB001 LA1-LB031 LA1-LB0311 LA1-LB034 LA1-LB0341
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
15
17
15
17
15
17
05
07
17
15
05
07
41
13
23
31
95
97
contact open
16
18
16
18
16
18
06
08
18
16
06
08
42
14
24
32
96
98
contact closed
Off
13 23 31 95 97 41 15 17 15 17 15 17 05 07 17 15 05 07
14 24 32 96 98 42 16 18 16 18 16 18 06 08 18 16 06 08
On, contactor open

AUTO
13 23 31 95 97 41 15 17 15 17 15 17 05 07 17 15 05 07
14 24 32 96 98 42 16 18 16 18 16 18 06 08 18 16 06 08
On, contactor closed

AUTO
13 23 31 95 97 41 15 17 15 17 15 17 05 07 17 15 05 07
14 24 32 96 98 42 16 18 16 18 16 18 06 08 18 16 06 08
Tripped on overload
TRIP. + 15 17 05 07 17 15 05 07
13 23 31 95 97 41 15 17 15 17
14 24 32 96 98 42 16 18 16 18 16 18 06 08 18 16 06 08
Tripped on short-circuit
TRIP. + 15 17 17 15
13 23 31 95 97 41 15 17 15 17 05 07 05 07
14 24 32 96 98 42 16 18 16 18 16 18 06 08 18 16 06 08
Off after short-circuit
TRIP. + 13 23 31 95 97 41 15 17 15 17 15 17 05 07 17 15 05 07
14 24 32 96 98 42 16 18 16 18 16 18 06 08 18 16 06 08
Manual reset
TRIP. + 95 97 15 17 05 07 17 15 05 07
13 23 31 41 15 17 15 17
RESET 14 24 32 96 98 42 16 18 16 18 16 18 06 08 18 16 06 08
General : Characteristics : References : Dimensions :

pages 21151/2 to 21151/7 pages 21153/2 to 21153/9 pages 21162/2 to 21164/3 pages 21009/2 and 21009/3
integral 18 reversing contactor breakers

of the control knob

1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Auto +0 Auto +0
A1
A1
A2
A2
II I
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LB015 LA1-LB001 LA1-LB021 LA1-LB0211 LA1-LB001 On the
integral
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
13
23
31
41
95
97
41
13
23
31
15
17
13
23
31
17
15
05
07
contact open
14
24
32
42
96
98
42
14
24
32
16
18
14
24
32
18
16
06
08
contact closed
Off
13 23 31 95 97 41 13 23 31 15 17 13 23 31 17 15 41 05 07
14 24 32 96 98 42 14 24 32 16 18 14 24 32 18 16 42 06 08
On, contactors open

AUTO
13 23 31 95 97 41 13 23 31 15 17 13 23 31 17 15 41 05 07
14 24 32 96 98 42 14 24 32 16 18 14 24 32 18 16 42 06 08
On, closed
AUTO
13 23 31 95 97 41 13 23 31 15 17 13 23 31 17 15 41 05 07
14 24 32 96 98 42 14 24 32 16 18 14 24 32 18 16 42 06 08
On, closed
AUTO 95 97 05 07
13 23 31 41 13 23 31 15 17 13 23 31 17 15 41
14 24 32 96 98 42 14 24 32 16 18 14 24 32 18 16 42 06 08
Tripped on overload
D clench
TRIP. + 13 23 31 95 97 41 13 23 31 15 17 13 23 31 17 15 41 05 07
14 24 32 96 98 42 14 24 32 16 18 14 24 32 18 16 42 06 08
TRIP. + 13 23 31 95 97 41 13 23 31 15 17 13 23 31 17 15 41 05 07
14 24 32 96 98 42 14 24 32 16 18 14 24 32 18 16 42 06 08

D clench
13 23 31 95 97 41 13 23 31 15 17 13 23 31 17 15 41 05 07
TRIP. +
14 24 32 96 98 42 14 24 32 16 18 14 24 32 18 16 42 06 08
Manual reset
D clench
TRIP. + 13 23 31 95 97 41 13 23 31 15 17 13 23 31 17 15 41 05 07
R arm. 14 24 32 96 98 42 14 24 32 16 18 14 24 32 18 16 42 06 08
RESET


breakers
Type integral 32
Number of poles 3

Electrical durability in AC-43 at415 V 1.5 million operating cycles
"
$ with converter
Maximum operating rate 3600 operating cycles/hour
at ambient temperature 55 C 600 operating cycles/hour
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC: 947-1, 947-2, 947-3, 947-4-1, 947-6-2

VDE: 0100, 0110, 0113, 0170, 0171, 471, 0660
BS: 5424, 4752, 4941
NEN, NBN
Product certifications ASE, ASEFA, ASTA, BV, CSA DEMKO, DNV, GL

NEMKO, NKK, VE, PTB, RINA, SCC, SEMKO, SETI, UL, USSR, LROS
$
Operation C - 25+ 50
(1) Storage C - 25+ 70

Shock resistance Impulse duration : 11 ms Energised state 8 gn


Flame resistance Conforming to IEC 295-2-1, NF C 20-455, and to decree of 22-12-81

(JO 27 NC of 1st and 2/2/1982)
Operating positions In relation to From fixing From main

(without derating) normal vertical plane axis
mounting plane (fore-aft (left-right
tilt) tilt)
" 50 Hz
" 60 Hz
Rated control V 21660
$ with converter
circuit voltage (Uc) V 21600
V 24, 48, 110

at 55 C Drop-out 0.250.7 Uc
$
at 20 C and at Uc Sealed VA 12 (50 or 60 Hz)
(1) Inrush W 250 for 50 ms
Sealed W 4
Heat dissipation W 4 (50 Hz), 5 (60 Hz)
$ with
C ms 2535
converter O ms 1020
(1) With converter.
The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the the main poles
separate.
General : Selection : References : Dimensions and schemes :


breakers
Type integral 32
Convential thermal current (Ith) 40 C A 32

Frequency limits of
Rated impulse
withstand voltage (Uimp) Conforming to IEC 947-4 kV 8
Heat dissipation in the power Operational current A 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 32

and its protection module Power per pole, hot state W 1.6 1.8 1.8 2 2 3.4 4.8 6
Rated making I rms Conforming to IEC 947-4 A 12 x Ith (above this value, the breaker trips)
Rated breaking capacity Operational voltage V 220/240 380/415 440 480/525 600/690
to IEC 947-2 Value of cos 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.3 0.8
Icu (O-t-CO) kA rms 50 50 50 (1) 20 5 (cos 0.7)
Ics (O-t CO-t-CO) kA rms 50 50 35 (1) 20 5
to IEC 947-6-2
ensuring reliability of operation Icu = Ics (O-t-CO-t-rCO) kA rms 50 50 50 15 4
CO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - manual)
rCO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open - remote control)
Total breaking time ms 4
Thermal limit With Isc max at 415 V, 50 Hz A 2s 100 x 103
Cabling Maximum c.s.a. Minimum c.s.a.

Flexible cable without cable end mm2 1 x 10 or 2 x 6 1x1
Flexible cable with cable end mm2 1 x 6 or 2 x 4 1x1
Solid cable mm2 1 x 10 or 2 x 6 1x1
Tightening torque N.m 2
Type LB1-LC03M LB6-LC03M LB1-LC //L

Frequent
Protection Standard motors starting motors Distribution circuits
IEC 947-4 type 2 (Iq = 50 kA)
Conforming to standards NF C 63-650 NF C 63-650 NF C 63-120
Number of poles 3 3 3 4 4
Number of protected poles 3 3 3 3 4
Rated operational voltage V 690 690 690
Maximum continuous current A 0.432 0.432 1032
Thermal protection Setting range (Irth min/Irth max) A 0.25/0.4023/32 6.3/1023/32

Temperature compensation C - 20+ 60 - 20+ 60 - 20+ 60
Protection against
phase imbalance With Without Without
Tripping class 10
Magnetic protection Instantaneous trip current 612 Irth max (usual 612 Irth max 36 Irth max
conforming to IEC 947-1/2/4/6-2 setting range setting 910 Irth max)
Tripping tolerance 20 % 20 % 20 %

Mechanical durability Operating cycles 10 000
Padlocking facility 1, 2 or 3 padlocks, shank 8 mm max and 5 mm min
Characteristics of versions with control test function and padlocking facility

Conforming to standards IEC 947, NF C 63-130, VDE 0660, VDE 0113
Rated operational voltage 690
1, 2 or 3 padlocks, shank 8 mm max and 5 mm min. When flush
Padlocking facility mounting, interlocking of the enclosure or cabinet door is possible.
(1) Conforming to BS 4752 36 kA cycle P2, 50 kA cycle P1.

breakers
Add-on current limiter and auxiliary contacts
Add-on current limiter LA9-LB920
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 947-1 V 690 (50/60 Hz)
Rated operational voltage (Uc) V 690 (50/60 Hz)
Conventional thermal current (Ith) Conforming to IEC 947-1 A 63
Operational thermal current (Ie) A 32
Operating threshold rms current A 1000 (non adjustable threshold)
Cabling Solid cable mm2 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor or 2 x 1.5 to 10 identical conductors

Flexible cable without cable end mm2 1 x 1.5 to 25 conductor or 2 x 1.5 to 10 conductors
Flexible cable with cable end mm2 1 x 1.5 to 16 conductor or 2 x 1.5 to 4 conductors
operational 1 million operating cycles VA 300 500 600 520 500
power 1.5 million operating cycles VA 160 300 330 300 280

operational 1 million operating cycles W 120 90 75 68 61
power 1.5 million operating cycles W 70 50 38 33 28
Signalling contacts

for 200 000 Resistive load VA 600 750
operating cycles Lamp load (3) VA 90 125
Motor (5) VA 160 200
$ Voltage V 24 48 110/125 200

Lamp load (3) W 50 50 6 7.5
Motor (5) W 75 75 6 7.5
Isolating auxiliary contacts
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) a.c. supply V 690

conforming to IEC 947 and NF C 63-130 d.c. supply V 125
Cabling mm2 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 1.5 or 1 x 2.5

1) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet:
load.


breakers
Used for direct control of By a programmable controller, with a.c. control of - By a programmable controller, with d.c. control of the
the integral 32 the electromagnet electromagnet
- Control on d.c. supply
Ambient air temperature C Storage : - 25+ 70 Storage : - 25+ 70

around the device
Operation : - 25+ 50 Operation : - 25+ 50
Insulation rms voltage between inputs and outputs: 2.5 kV Common negative terminal
Cabling mm2 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5
Operating limits 0.85... 1.1 Uc 0.81.1 Uc (2)
Protection Against reverse polarity (by diode) Against reverse polarity (by diode)
and against overvoltage and against overvoltage
Indication of input state By LED
Converter module type LA1-LC LA1-LC

580BD 580ED 180BD 080BD 080ED 080FD
Schemes LA1-LC580 D / LA1-LC180BD LA1-LC080BD LA1-LC080FD

LA1-LC080ED
$ $
A1 A1
+ E1 + E1 E1 E1
+ A1 + A1
E2
A2
E2
A2 (0V) E3
E2
" A2 (0V)
E2
A2
$
Input signals Voltage V 24 48 524 24 (1) 48 (1)
(logic side) ( ) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1- E2) (E3-E2) (E3-E2)
Current mA 30 20 1524 V 20 10
8.55 V
State 0 guaranteed for U V < 2.4 < 4.8 < 2.5 <7 < 14
or
I mA <2 <2 <2 <5 < 2.5
State 1 guaranteed for U V > 20.4 > 40.8 >4 > 14 > 28
Supply voltage V " " " $ (2) $ (2) $ (2)

24240 24240 24240 24 48 110
(A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2)
Electrical durability 5 1
Average Inrush 50 Hz VA 160 160 160

con-
sumption 60 Hz VA 185 185 185
$ W 250 250 250
Sealed 50/60 Hz VA 12 12 12
$ W 4 4 4
Operating Pull-in ms 1530 1530 1035 30 30 30

time
at 20 C
and at Uc Drop-out ms 2235 2235 830 15 15 15
(1) For direct control by external contact: connect E1-E3.

(2) Warning: for supply from rectified a.c., the power supply must exceed 250 VA and and the maximum ripple must
be 14 %.

breakers
Tripping and reset devices, coil suppressor module
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC 337-1
Ambient air temperature Storage C - 40+ 80

around the device
Permissible for operation at Uc C - 25+ 70
Protection against Conforming to VDE 0106

direct finger contact
Tripping devices
Type LA1-LC070/, LC072/ LA1-LC071/
Pull-in voltage 0.81.1 Uc 0.71.1 Uc
Drop-out voltage 0.350.7 Uc
Average consumption Inrush VA 8 8
Sealed VA 4 4
Minimum impulse duration ms 10
Reset devices
Type LA1-LC052/
Consumption VA 9
Duration of a reset cycle s 9
Minimum impulse duration s 0,5
Suppressor module LA9-D09982
Type RC (resistor-capacitor)
Scheme
Operational voltage V 250



breakers
Breaking capacity of integral 32 contactor breakers, ensuring reliability of operation, according to the operational voltage
and protection module fitted.
Breaking capacity without current limiter

Reference Irth 220/240 V 400/415 V 440 V 500 V 600/690 V
min max
A A kA kA kA kA kA
LB /-LC03M03 0.25 0.4 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M04 0.4 0.63 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M05 0.63 1 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M06 1 1.6 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M07 1.6 2.5 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M08 2.5 4 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M10 4 6.3 130 130 130 130 15
LB /-LC03M13 6.3 10 130 130 130 130 10
LB /-LC03M17 10 16 130 130 50 15 4
LB /-LC03M22 16 25 50 50 50 15 4
LB /-LC03M53 23 32 50 50 50 15 4
Breaking capacity with current limiter LA9-LB920
LB /-LC03M03 0.25 0.4 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M04 0.4 0.63 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M05 0.63 1 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M06 1 1.6 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M07 1.6 2.5 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M08 2.5 4 130 130 130 130 130
LB /-LC03M10 4 6.3 130 130 130 130 42
LB /-LC03M13 6.3 10 130 130 130 130 42
LB /-LC03M17 10 16 130 130 65 65 42
LB /-LC03M22 16 25 65 65 65 65 42/20 (1)
LB /-LC03M53 23 32 65 65 65 65 42/20 (1)

(1) 42 kA for 600 V - 20 kA for 690 V.

module according to integral 32 contactor breakers and reversing contactor

breakers
Motor protection
Standard motors Frequent starting motors
By thermal-magnetic modules (1) LB1-LC03M By magnetic modules LB6-LC03M
Time Time
300 300
min min
0,25 0,40 0,63 1 1,6 2,5 4 6,3 10 16 23 25 32 irth 100
100 min
min M03
M04
M05
10 M06 10
min min
M07
M08
M10
1 min M13 1 min
M17
M22
10 s M53 10 s
M06 M08 M13 M22
M07 M10 M17 M53

1s 1s
2,4 4,8 7,6 12 19 30 48 76 120 190 380 9,5 15 24 38 60 95 150190
3,8 6 9,5 15 24 38 60 95 150 300 19 30 48 76 120 190 300380

0,1 s 0,1 s
0,01 s 0,01 s
0,8 1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000

0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600
Current in A Current in A
Distribution circuit protection
By thermal-magnetic modules (1) LB1-LC //L

Time
300
min
6,3 10 16 23 32 irth
100 25
min
10
min L13
L17
L22
L53
1 min
10 s
1s
30 48 75 95
60 95 150190
0,1 s
0,01 s
0,8 1 2 4 6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000

Current in A
(1) Thermal protection: the average operating times shown in these

curves are for an ambient air temperature of 20 C, without prior current
low (cold state). The average operating time after prolonged current flow
(hot state) can be calculated by applying the coefficient 0.5.



breakers
3-phase 400/415 V, 50 Hz
Current limitation on short circuit Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit

Maximum peak current in kA Thermal limit I2t in kA 2s in the short-circuit protection zone
100 8(1)
5
80 7
,2
100
=0
60
80 6
40 5
60
,3
=0
20 40
8 (1) 4
,5
=0
10 7
8 6
5 20
6
,7
3
=0
4 4

s
co
3 10
2
8
1
2 6 2
0,8
0,6 4
1
0,4
2
0,2
0,1 1
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200
1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200
1 11.6 A 4 46.3 A 7 1625 A For 1 to 1.6 A ratings, the thermal limit is less than 1x103 A2s.
2 1.62.5 A 5 6.310 A 8 2332 A
3 2.54 A 6 1016 A
(1) Associated thermal protection rating. The breaking capacity is unlimited on contactor breakers fitted with modules:
- up to a rating of 1016 A at 220-380-415V.
- up to a rating of 6.310 A at 440-500 V.
3-phase 480/525 V, 50 Hz
Current limitation on short circuit Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit
Maximum peak current in Thermal limit I2t in kA2s in the short-circuit protection zone
kA
00 8 (1)
80 100 7
60
80 6
40 5
60
3,
=0
20 40
,5
4
=0
8 (1)
10 7
8 6 20
6 5
,7
=0
4 4
s
3 3
co
10
2 3
8
2 6
1
0,8
0,6 1 4 2
0,4
2
0,2
0,1
1
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200
1 2 4 6 8 10 20 50 100 200
1 11.6 A 4 46.3 A 7 1625 A For 1 to 1.6 A ratings, the thermal limit is less than 1x103 A2s.
2 1.62.5 A 5 6.310 A 8 2332 A
3 2.54 A 6 1016 A
(1) Associated thermal protection rating. The breaking capacity is unlimited on contactor breakers fitted with modules:
- up to a rating of 1016 A at 220-380-415V.
- up to a rating of 6.310 A at 440-500 V.

breakers
for the control and protection of motors (for customer assembly)

of 3-phase motors current capacity Complete with code
50/60 Hz in category AC-43 (Iq) indicating control
220 V 400 V for circuit voltages
240 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V Ue 415 V (2) Usual voltages
Black knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113)
7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD1-LC030/ B E F M Q 1.430
LD1-LC030 /
With control test function and padlocking facility
7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD4-LC130/(5) B E F M Q 1.450
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop
LD4-LC030/(5) B E F M Q
LD4-LC130 / 7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 1.450
3-pole reversing contactor breakers without protection module (1)
7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD5-LC130/ B E F M Q 2.800
LD4-LC030 /
7.5 15 15 18.5 25 32 50 LD5-LC030/ B E F M Q 2.800
(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately, see page opposite.
Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660
400
50 Hz B D E F M M U Q N N S Y
$
60 Hz BC CC D FC FC MC MC/PU7 MC Q Q S
(4) BD ED FD
(3) Variant: UL 508 approved version (starter) at 600 V, to order, add suffix H51 to the reference.
$
Example: LD1-LC030MH51.
(4) For use on , the unit is supplied with 1 or 2 voltage converters, including coil suppression device(s) (2 converters
for reversing contactor breakers).
(5) It is essential to provide electrical locking for reversing contactor breakers integral 32.
LD5-LC030 /
Dimensions, schemes : 5
pages 21009/2 to 21011/


breakers
Standard power ratings Thermal Magnetic Reference Weight

of 3-phase motors setting protection
220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V (Irth min
240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V to Irth max)
LB1-LC03M // kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
Adjustable magnetic protection, from 6 to 12 Irth max (2)
0.06 ( ( ( ( 0.250.4 2.44.8 LB1-LC03M03 0.400
( ( ( ( ( 0.40.63 3.87.6 LB1-LC03M04 0.400
0.09 ( 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.631 612 LB1-LC03M05 0.400

0.12
0.18 ( 0.55 0.75 1.1 11.6 9.519 LB1-LC03M06 0.400

0.25
0.37 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.62.5 1530 LB1-LC03M07 0.400
0.55 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 2.54 2448 LB1-LC03M08 0.400

0.75
1.1 2.2 2.2 3.7 4 46.3 3876 LB1-LC03M10 0.400
1.5 4 4 5.5 7.5 6.310 60120 LB1-LC03M13 0.400

2.2
3 7.5 7.5 10 11 1016 95190 LB1-LC03M17 0.400

4
5.5 11 11 15 18.5 1625 150300 LB1-LC03M22 0.400
7.5 15 15 18.5 25 2332 190380 LB1-LC03M53 0.400
Magnetic only protection modules (for frequent starting motors)

Standard power ratings Magnetic Reference Weight
of 3-phase motors protection
50/60 Hz in category AC-43
220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V
240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V
LB6-LC03M // kW kW kW kW kW A kg
0.18 ( 0.55 0.75 1.1 9.519 LB6-LC03M06 0.400

0.25
0.37 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 1530 LB6-LC03M07 0.400
0.55 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 2448 LB6-LC03M08 0.400

0.75
1.1 2.2 2.2 3.7 4 3876 LB6-LC03M10 0.400
1.5 4 4 5.5 7.5 60120 LB6-LC03M13 0.400

2.2
3 7.5 7.5 10 11 95190 LB6-LC03M17 0.400

4
5.5 11 11 15 18.5 150300 LB6-LC03M22 0.400
7.5 15 15 18.5 25 190380 LB6-LC03M53 0.400
(
There are no standard power ratings for these motors.
(2) To order PTB approved versions, add suffix H8 to the reference. Example: LB1-LC03M03H8.
pages 21009/2 to 21011/
Selection Motor starters - open version 1

breakers
for control and protection of resistive circuits in category AC-1
Selecting the type of contactor breaker and protection module

Neutral point Type Equipment Combination
connection of scheme contactor breaker + protection module
circuit
Neutral TNC 3-pole LD1-LC030/ + LB1-LC03L//

connect- (neutral + PEN
ion and PE
combined) LD4-LC130/ + LB1-LC03L//
PEN LD4-LC030/ + LB1-LC03L//
TNS 3-pole LD1-LC030/ + LB1-LC03L//

(neutral
and PE
separated) LD4-LC130/ + LB1-LC03L//
LD4-LC030/ + LB1-LC03L//
3-pole + N LD1-LC040/ + LB1-LC04L//
LD4-LC140/ + LB1-LC04L//
N LD4-LC040/ + LB1-LC04L//
LD1-LC040/ + LB1-LC05L//
LD4-LC140/ + LB1-LC05L//
LD4-LC040/ + LB1-LC05L//
Note :
- the PEN conductor must not be isolated.
- all live conductors must be isolated. Neutral protection optional.
pages 21009/2 to 21011/

breakers
3 and 4-pole contactor breakers without protection module (1)

Rated Maximum Maximum Breaking Number Basic reference. Weight
thermal operational operational capacity of Complete with
current current voltage (Iq) poles code indicating
I th AC-1 for control circuit
40 C 40 C Ue 415 V voltage (2) Usual voltages
A A V kA kg
32 32 690 50 3 LD1-LC030/ B E F M Q 1.430
4 LD1-LC040/ B E F M Q 1.750
LD1-LC030/ With control test function and padlocking facility

Black knob on blue background (CNOMO, VDE 0113)
32 32 690 50 3 LD4-LC130/ B E F M Q 1.450
4 LD4-LC140/ B E F M Q 1.780
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency stop
32 32 690 50 3 LD4-LC030/ B E F M Q 1.450
4 LD4-LC040/ B E F M Q 1.780
Protection modules (for customer assembly)
Thermal-magnetic (compensated)
Thermal Magnetic Number Number Reference Weight
setting setting of of
range range poles protected
(Irth min (36 Irth max) poles
to Irth max)
A A kg
6.310 3060 3 3 LB1-LC03L13 0.400
4 4 LB1-LC04L13 0.500
3 LB1-LC05L13 0.500
LD4-LC030/
1016 4895 3 3 LB1-LC03L17 0.400
4 4 LB1-LC04L17 0.500
3 LB1-LC05L17 0.500
1625 75150 3 3 LB1-LC03L22 0.400
4 4 LB1-LC04L22 0.500
3 LB1-LC05L22 0.500
2332 95190 3 3 LB1-LC03L53 0.400
4 4 LB1-LC04L53 0.500
3 LB1-LC05L53 0.500
LB1-LC03L//
(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately.
Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660
400
60 Hz BC CC D FC FC MC MC MC Q Q S
$ (3) BD ED FD
(3) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with a converter, including coil suppression device.
pages 21009/2 to 21011/
1


breakers
Add-on blocks
Current limiter (IP 20)

For Function Reference Weight
use on kg
LD1 or LD5 Increases the breaking capacity of the integral unit LA9-LB920 0.320
Mounted on LH side, on RH side or above
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP 20) (1)

LA9-LB920
N/O N/C C/O kg
LD1, LD4 1 block of 6 contacts comprising: LA1-LC010 0.280

or LD5 - 3 signalling contacts 2 1
Mounted on contactor state 1
RH side - 1 signalling contact control knob
in any position other than Auto 1
- 1 signalling contact
tripped on short-circuit 1
- 1 signalling contact tripped
1 block of 5 contacts comprising: LA1-LC012 0.220

contactor state 1
- 1 signalling contact
tripped on short-circuit 1

contactor state 1 1
selectable by the user
1 block of 3 signalling contacts 2 1 LA1-LC020 0.100

contactor state
LD4 1 control circuit isolating block 1 LA1-LC030 0.035

Mounted on (1 or 2 blocks per integral unit)
LH side
LD5 1 block of 3 signalling contacts 2 1 LA1-LC021 0.100

Mounted on contactor state
LH side
1 control circuit isolating block 2 LA1-LC031 0.100

comprising 2 contacts
Complementary block with one instantaneous auxiliary contact (IP 10) (1)
LD1, LD4 or 1 block comprising 1 LA1-LC001 0.035

LD5 1 signalling contact contactor state
Mounted on LH side or RH side
(1) UL and CSA approved.

pages 21009/2 to 21011/
1


breakers
Accessories
Electrical tripping and remote reset devices

For Type of block and Basic reference. Weight
use on number per unit Complete with kg
code indicating
control circuit
voltage (1) Usual voltages
LD1, LD4 1 tripping block for operation Time delay 0.2 s LA1-LC070/ BEFMQ 0.150
or LD5 on de-energisation
fitted with an (undervoltage trip)
LA1-LC010
or
LA1-LC012
add-on block
Instantaneous LA1-LC072/ BEFMQ 0.150
or 1 tripping block for operation Instantaneous LA1-LC071/ BEFMQ 0.150

on energisation
(shunt trip)
LD1, LD4 1 remote electrical 24 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052B 0.320

or LD5 reset block
fitted with an
LA1-LC010
or
LA1-LC012
add-on block
42 V 50 Hz LA1-LC052E 0.320
48 V 50/60 Hz
100/127 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052F 0.320
200/240 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052M 0.320
Volts 24 48 110 120 220/230 240 380/400 415 440
50 Hz B E F M U Q N N
60 Hz B E F F M M Q N
pages 21009/2 to 21011/
1
AUTO
+
TRIP.
Off
O
T
RESE
LA9-D09982
AUTO
+
TRIP.
Off
O
T
RESE
AUTO
+
TRIP.
Off
O
T
RESE


breakers

Mounting Type Control Operational Reference Weight
voltage $ voltage 50/60 Hz
V V kg
On top Solid state 524 24240 LA1-LC180BD 0.110

of the
integral
unit
Relay output 24 24240 LA1-LC580BD 0.110
48 24240 LA1-LC580ED 0.110
Replacement coils and voltage converters (1)
For $ control circuit operation

Mounting For Operational Consumption Description Reference (3) Weight
integral voltage Inrush Sealed
$ (2)
V W W kg
On top LD/-LC///BD 24 (4) 250 4 Coil LX1-LC0249 0.120

of the
integral
unit
Converter LA1-LC080BD 0.150
LD/-LC///ED 48 (4) 250 4 Coil LX1-LC0489 0.120
Converter LA1-LC080ED 0.150
LD/-LC///FD 110 250 4 Coil LX1-LC1109 0.120
Converter LA1-LC080FD 0.150
Suppressor module
Mounting Type Operational Reference Weight
voltage 50/60 Hz
V kg
Clip-on RC circuit (resistor-capacitor) (5) 250 LA9-D09982 0.010
(1) (1) For reversing contactor breakers, order 2 interface modules or 2 voltage converters.
voltage.
(4) 24 V and 48 V converters can be operated by low level input. In this case, the control circuit voltage must be the same
as the supply voltage (24 or 48 V).
to 3 Uc max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).
pages 21009/2 to 21011/

breakers
Accessories
Description For Sold Unit Weight
use on in reference
lots of kg
Power terminal Upstream power 5 LA9-LC701 0.050

protection shrouds terminals (L1, L2, L3)
LA9-LC701
Sealing covers Protection module 1 LA1-LC090 0.010
Description For Mounting Reference Weight
use on on kg
Mounting plates LD1, LD4, LD5 2 x 32 mm LA9-LC010 0.150

rails
1 x 75 mm LA9-LC012 0.450

rail
or 2 x 32 mm
LA1-LC090 rails
Height Integral 32 (raises Panel or LA9-LC011 0.200

compensation its front face to mounting plate
plate the same height as LA9-LD010
the integral 63)
Adaptation
Description Application Reference Weight
kg
Kit for lockable For converting a black, non-lockable LA9-LC393 0.100

knob (LD1) control knob to a locking knob
Door interlock mechanisms (IP54)

Type For Colour Reference Weight
use on of knob kg
Adjustable LD1 Red LA9-LC330 0.400

from 0 to 185 mm
(control knob mounted
on plate or door)
Black LA9-LC331 0.400
LD4, LD5 Red LA9-LC530 0.400
General : Selection : Characteristics : Dimensions, schemes :


breakers
Coils (replacement parts)
a.c. operation
Rated Average Inductance Voltage Reference Weight
control circuit voltages resistance of reference
Uc Uc at 20 C 10 % closed code
50 Hz 60 Hz circuit (1)
V V H kg
24 1.225 0.107 BC LX1-LC020 0.120
LX1-LC/// 24 1.78 0.142 B LX1-LC024 0.120
36 2.92 0.24 CC LX1-LC030 0.120
42 48 5.56 0.45 D LX1-LC042 0.120
48 7.10 0.59 E LX1-LC048 0.120
110/120 29.51 2.43 FC LX1-LC100 0.120
110 37.15 3.12 F LX1-LC110 0.120
127 54.28 4.19 G LX1-LC127 0.120
220/240 117.4 9.7 MC LX1-LC190 0.120
220/230 168.2 13 M LX1-LC220 0.120
230 240 168.72 13 PU7 LX1-LC234 0.120
240 203 15.4 U LX1-LC240 0.120
380/400 440/480 515.1 39 Q LX1-LC380 0.120
415/440 581.8 46 N LX1-LC415 0.120
500 550/600 741.2 59 S LX1-LC500 0.120
660 1603 117 Y LX1-LC660 0.120
Consumption at 50 Hz: inrush (cos : 0.55) 150 to 200 VA; sealed (cos : 0.28) 10 to 16 VA.
d.c. operation
Integral 32 can operate on a d.c. supply when fitted with a special coil and corresponding voltage converter: see page
21167/7.
(1) Coil voltage reference code letter(s), used to complete the basic reference when ordering an integral unit.


Auxiliary contact states according to the positions of the
control knob
LD1 LD4 Auxiliary contact actuators

1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Auto +0
A1
A1
A2
A2
U U U
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LC010 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC025 LA1- LA1- LA1-
LC001 LC020 LC030
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
(53)
08
98
96
98
63
13
23
31
16
18
06
08
13
23
31
13
23
31
13
23
31
41
96
98
contact open
ou
contact closed
(54)
05
95
95
64
14
24
32
15
05
14
24
32
14
24
32
14
24
32
42
95
95
LD1 LD4
Off + control test function
13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
Off
13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
On, contactor open

AUTO AUTO 13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54

AUTO AUTO 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31
16 18 06 08 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
Off after overload

TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
Tripped on overload
TRIP. + TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
TRIP. + TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54

TRIP. + TRIP. + 13 23 31
13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
Manual reset
TRIP. + TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
RESET RESET


Auxiliary contact states according to the positions of the
control knob

1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Auto +0
ou
U U U
A1
A1
A2
A2
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LC010 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC025 LA1- LA1- LA1- LA1-
LC020 LC001 LC021 LC031
13
23
31
96
98
13
23
31
96
98
13
23
31
41
06
08
13
23
31
08
13
23
31
53
63
16
18
98
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
ou
contact open
14
24
32
95
14
24
32
95
95
14
24
32
42
05
14
24
32
05
14
24
32
54
64
15
95
contact closed
Off + control test function
13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
Off
13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
On, reversing contactor open

AUTO 13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
On, closed
AUTO 13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
On, closed
AUTO 13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
Tripped on overload
13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
TRIP. +
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
Off after overload

TRIP. +
13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64

TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
Manual reset
TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
RESET


breakers
Type integral 63
Number of poles 3

Electrical durability in AC-3 at 400 V 1.2 million operating cycles
"
$ with converter
Maximum operating rate 3600 operating cycles/hour
at ambient temperature 55 C 600 operating cycles/hour
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC : 158-1, 204-1, 204-2, 364, 947-1/2 and 4

UTE : NF C 63-110, C 63-120, C 63-130, C 63-650, C 79-100, C 20-040
VDE : 0100, 0110, 0113, 0170, 0171, 471, 0660
BS : 5424, 4752, 4941
NEN, NBN
Product certifications ASE, ASEFA, ASTA, BV, CSA, DEMKO, DNV, GL

NEMKO, NKK, VE, RINA, SCC, SETI, UL, USSR, LROS pending
$
(1) Storage C - 25+ 70

Shock resistance Impulse duration: 11 ms Energised state: 8 gn


Flame resistance Conforming to to IEC 295-2-1, NF C 20-455, and to decree of 2-12-81

(JO 27 NC of 1st and 2/2/1982)
Operating positions In relation to From

(without derating) normal vertical main axis
mounting plane (left-right
tilt)
" 50 Hz
" 60 Hz
Rated control V 24660
$ with converter
circuit voltage (Uc) V 24600
V 24, 48, 110

at 55 C Drop-out 0.250.7 Uc
$
at 20 C and at Uc Sealed VA 25 (50 Hz or 60 Hz)
(1) Inrush W 300 duration 50 ms
Sealed W 8
Heat dissipation W 8 (50 Hz), 11 (60 Hz)
$ with
F ms 2540
converter C ms 1525
(1) With converter.
The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.
General : Selection : References : Dimensions :



breakers
Type integral 63
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 40 C A 63

Frequency limits of
Rated impulse
withstand voltage (Uimp) Conforming to IEC 947-4 kV 8
Heat dissipation in the power Operational current A 25 32 40 50 63

and its protection module Power per pole, hot state W 4.4 5 5.8 7 9
Rated making I rms Conforming to IEC 947-4 A 12 or 15 x Ith (above this value, the breaker trips)
Rated breaking capacity Operational voltage V 220/240 380/415 440 480/525 600/690
conforming to IEC 947-2 Value of cos 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.5
Cycle P1 (O-t-CO) Icu kA rms 50 50 50 35 10
Cycle P2 (O-t-CO-t-CO) Ics kA rms 50 50 50 35 10
CO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open)
conforming to IEC 947-6-2
ensuring reliability of operation Icu = Ics kA rms 50 50 50 30 10
Total breaking time ms 4
Electrical durability in AC-3 Prospective rms short-circuit kA 3 10 25 35 50

at Ie max at 415 V current at terminals of
after 1 cycle O-CO-r-CO at Ics a new device
Millions of operating cycles 1 0.9 0.6 0.5 0.2
Thermal limit With Isc max at 415 V, 50 Hz A2s 300 x 103
Cabling Maximum c.s.a. Minimum c.s.a.

Flexible cable without cable end mm2 1 x 50 or 2 x 35 1x6
Flexible cable with cable end mm2 2 x 25 1x6
Solid cable mm2 1 x 50 1x6
Tightening torque N.m 6
Type LB1-LD03P LB1-LD03M LB6-LD03M LB1-LD03L

Standard Standard Frequent Distribution
Protection motors motors starting motors circuits
Conforming to standards NF C 63-650 NF C 63-650 NF C 63-650 NF C 63-120
Number of poles 3 3 3 3
Number of protected poles 3 3 3 3
Rated operational voltage V 690 690 690 690
Maximum continuous current A 1363 1363 1363 1363
Thermal protection Setting range (Irth min/Irth max) A 10/1345/63 10/1345/63 10/1345/63
Temperature compensation C - 20+ 60 - 20+ 60 - 20+ 60 - 20+ 60
Protection against
phase imbalance With With Without Without
Tripping class 20 20
Magnetic protection Instantaneous trip Fixed at 15 Irth 612 Irth max 612 Irth max 36 Irth max
conforming to IEC 947-1/2/4/6-2 current setting range max (usual setting
910 Irth max)
Tripping tolerance 20 % 20 % 20 % 20 %

Padlocking facility 1, 2 or 3 padlocks, 8 mm shank
Characteristics of versions with control test function and padlocking facility

Conforming to standards IEC 947, NF C 63-130, VDE 0660, VDE 0113
Padlocking facility By 1, 2 or 3 padlocks (shank 8 mm max and 5 mm min). When flush
mounting, interlocking of the enclosure or cabinet door is possible.

breakers
Auxiliary contacts
operational
voltage 1 million operating cycles VA 300 500 600 520 500
1.5 million operating cycles VA 160 300 330 300 280

operational
power 1 million operating cycles W 120 90 75 68 61
1.5 million operating cycles W 70 50 38 33 28
Signalling contacts
Rated thermal current (Ith) A 3

for 200 000
operating cycles Resistive load VA 600 750
Lamp load (3) VA 90 125
Motor (5) VA 160 200
$ Voltage V 24 48 110/125 200
Lamp load (3) W 50 50 6 7.5
Motor (5) W 75 75 6 7.5
Isolating auxiliary contacts
Rated thermal current (Ith) A 6
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) a.c. supply V 690

To IEC 947 and NF C 63-130
d.c. supply V 125
Cabling mm2 Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 1.5 or 1 x 2.5
1) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet:

load.



breakers
Used for direct control of By a programmable controller, with a.c. control of the - By a programmable controller, with d.c. control of the
the integral 63 electromagnet electromagnet.
- Control on d.c. supply
Ambient air temperature C Storage : - 25+ 70 Storage : - 25+ 70

around the device
Operation : - 25+ 50 Operation : - 25+ 50
Insulation rms voltage between the inputs and outputs: 2.5 kV Common negative terminal
Cabling mm2 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5 Minimum c.s.a.: 1 x 1 - Maximum c.s.a.: 2 x 2.5
Operating limits 0.85... 1.1 Uc 0.81.1 Uc (2)
Protection Against reverse polarity (by diode) and Against reverse polarity (by diode) and
against overvoltage against overvoltage
Indication of input state By LED
Converter module type LA1-LD LA1-LD

580BD 580ED 180BD 080BD 080ED 080FD
Schemes LA1-L/580/D LA1-L/180BD LA1-L/080BD LA1-L/080FD

LA1-L/080ED
A1 A1
+ E1 + E1
+ E1
$ A1 + E1
$ A1
E2
A2
E2
A2 (0V) E3
E2 " A2 (0V)
E2 " A2
$
Input signals Voltage V 24 48 524 24 48 524 24 (1) 48 (1) 24 (1) 48 (1)
(logic side) ( ) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1- E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E3-E2) (E3-E2) (E3-E2) (E3-E2)
Current mA 30 20 1524 V 50 25 1524 V 20 10 20 10

8.55 V 8.55 V
State 0 guaranteed for U V < 2.4 < 4.8 < 2.5 < 2.4 < 4.8 < 2.5 <7 < 14 <7 < 14
or
I mA <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <5 < 2.5 <5 < 2.5
State1 guaranteed for U V > 20.4 > 40.8 >4 > 20.4 > 40.8 >4 > 14 > 28 > 14 > 28
Supply voltage V " " " " " "(2) $ $ (2) $

(2) $
(2) (2) $ (2) $
24240 24240 24240 24240 24240 24240 24 48 110 24 48 110
(A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (A1-A2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2) (E1-E2)
Electrical durability 5 1
Average Inrush 50 Hz VA 160 160 160 375 375 375

con-
sumption 60 Hz VA 185 185 185 450 450 450
$ W 250 250 250 300 300 300
Sealed 50/60 Hz VA 12 12 12 25 25 25
$ W 4 4 4 8 8 8
Operating Pull-in ms 1530 1530 1035 2040 2040 1045 30 30 30 35 35 35

time
at 20 C
and at Uc Drop-out ms 2235 2235 830 2545 2545 830 15 15 15 20 20 20
(1) For direct control by external contact: connect E1-E3.

(2) Warning: for supply from rectified a.c., the power supply must exceed 300 VA and the maximum ripple must be
14 %.


breakers
Tripping and reset devices, coil suppressor module
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC 337-1
Ambient air temperature Storage C - 40+ 80

around the device
Permissible for operation at Uc C - 25+ 70
Protection against Conforming to VDE 0106

direct finger contact
Tripping devices
Type LA1-LC070/, LC072/ LA1-LC071/
Pull-in voltage 0.81.1 Uc 0.71.1 Uc
Drop-out voltage 0.350.7 Uc
Average consumption Inrush VA 8 8
Sealed VA 4 4
Minimum impulse duration ms 10
Reset devices
Type LA1-LC052/
Consumption VA 9
Duration of a reset cycle s 9
Minimum impulse duration s 0.5
Coil suppressor module LA9-D09982
Type of protection RC (Resistor-Capacitor)
Scheme



breakers
Breaking capacity
Breaking capacity of integral 63 contactor breakers according to the rated voltage and protection module fitted.

Reference Irth 220/240 V 400/415 V 440 V 500 V 660/690 V
min max
A A kA kA kA kA kA
/ /
LB -LD03 16 10 13 130 130 130 130 10
/ /
LB -LD03 21 13 18 130 130 130 130 10
/ /
LB -LD03 22 18 25 130 130 50 35 10
/ /
LB -LD03 53 23 32 130 50 50 35 10
/ /
LB -LD03 55 28 40 130 50 50 30 10
/ /
LB -LD03 57 35 50 130 50 50 30 10
/ /
LB -LD03 61 45 63 130 50 50 30 10


breakers
Motor protection (normal starting)
By thermal-magnetic modules LB1-LD03P (1)
Time
300
min
23 28 35 45 63
100 10 13 18 25 32 40 50 irth
min P16
P21
P22
P53
P55
10 P57
min P61
40 s
1 min
10 s
1s
195 375 600 945
270 480 750
0,1 s
0,01 s
6 10 15 20 30 40 54 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
Current in A
By thermal-magnetic modules LB1-LD03M (1)
Time
300
min
23 28 35 45 63
100 10 13 18 25 32 40 50 irth
min M16
M21
M22
M53
M55
10 M57
Thermal zone
min M61
1 min
10 s
1s
78 156 240 480
Magnetic zone
108 190 300 600

150 216 380 760
0,1 s
0,01 s
6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
Current in A
(1) Thermal protection: the average operating times shown in these curves are for an ambient air temperature of 20 C,
without prior current flow (cold state). The average operating time after prolonged current flow (hot state) can be calculated
by applying the coefficient 0.5.


breakers
Motor protection (frequent starting)
By magnetic modules LB6-LD03M
Time
300
min
100
min
10
Thermal zone
min
1 min
10 s
1s
78 156 240 480
Magnetic zone
108 190 300 600

150 216 380 760
0,1 s
0,01 s
6 10 20 40 60 80 100 110 200 400 600 1000 2000
Current in A
Distribution circuit protection
By thermal-magnetic modules LB1-LD03L
Time
300
min 25 32 40 50
18 23 28 35 45 63 irth
100
min
L22
L53
L55
10 L57
min
L61
1 min
10 s
1s
75 150
95 190
120 240
150 300
0,1 s 190 380
0,01 s
6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
Current in A


breakers
3-phase 400/415 V, 50 Hz
Current limitation on short-circuit
Maximum peak current in kA
100
25
80 0,
60 =
40 3
0,
=
20
5
0, 1 (1)
=
10
8
6
7
0,
4 =

3
cos
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,3 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200
Prospective rms short-circuit current in kA
1 18 to 25 A up to 45 to 63 A
Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit
Thermal limit I2t in kA2 s

in the short-circuit protection zone
1000
800
600
400
(1)
1
200
100
80
60
40
20
10
1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200
1 18 to 25 A up to 45 to 63 A
/ /
(1) LB1-LD03 22 to LD03 61: rating of associated thermal overload module.


breakers
Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit (continued)
3-phase 480/500 V, 50 Hz
Current limitation on short-circuit
Maximum peak current in KA
100
80 25
0,
60 =
40 3
0,
=
20 5
0, 1 (1)
=
10
8 7
6 0,
=

4 cos
3
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,3 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 35 50 100 200
1 18 to 25 A up to 63 A
Maximum thermal limit on short-circuit
Thermal limit I2t in kA2s

in the short-circuit protection zone
1000
800
600
400
(1)
1
200
100
80
60
40
20
10
1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 35 50 100 200
1 18 to 25 A up to 63 A
/ /
(1) LB1-LD03 22 to LD03 61: rating of associated thermal overload module.

breakers

of 3-phase motors current capacity Complete with
50/60 Hz in category AC-43 (Iq) code indicating
for control circuit
220 V 400 V Ue 415 V voltage
240 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V (2) Usual voltages
Without control test function and padlocking facility
Black knob
15 30 33 37 55 63 50 LD1-LD030/ B E F M Q 3.700
33
LD1-LD030/
15 30 33 37 55 63 50 LD4-LD130/ B E F M Q 3.800
33
15 30 33 37 55 63 50 LD4-LD030/ B E F M Q 3.800
33
3-pole reversing contactor breakers without protection module (1)
With control test function, with padlocking facility
15 30 33 37 55 63 50 LD5-LD130/ B E F M Q 7.600
33
LD5-LD030/
15 30 33 37 55 63 50 LD5-LD030/ B E F M Q 7.600
33
(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately, see page opposite.
Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660
400
60 Hz BC CC CE K FC LC MC MC UX Q S
$ (4) BD ED FD
(3) Variant: UL 508 type E approved version (SPCD) at 347/600 V; to order, add suffix H5 to the reference.
Ex : LD1-LD030MH5.
(4) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with 1 or 2 voltage converters, including coil suppression device(s) (2 converters
for reversing contactor breakers).
pages 21009/2 to 21011/

breakers
Standard power ratings Thermal Magnetic Reference Weight

of 3-phase motors setting protection
220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V (Irth min
240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V to Irth max)
kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
Fixed magnetic protection, set at 15 Irth max, for mounting on integral 63
3 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 1013 LB1-LD03P16 0.780
4 9 9 11 15 1318 LB1-LD03P21 0.780
5.5 11 11 15 18.5 1825 LB1-LD03P22 0.780
7.5 15 15 18.5 22 2332 LB1-LD03P53 0.780
9 22 22 25 33 2840 LB1-LD03P55 0.780
11 25 25 33 45 3550 LB1-LD03P57 0.780
15 33 33 40 55 4563 LB1-LD03P61 0.780
Adjustable magnetic protection, from 6 to 12 Irth max, for mounting on integral 63
3 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 1013 78156 LB1-LD03M16 0.780
4 9 9 11 15 1318 108216 LB1-LD03M21 0.780
5.5 11 11 15 18.5 1825 150300 LB1-LD03M22 0.780

LB1-LD03M//
7.5 15 15 18.5 22 2332 190380 LB1-LD03M53 0.780
9 22 22 25 33 2840 240480 LB1-LD03M55 0.780
11 25 25 33 45 3550 300600 LB1-LD03M57 0.780
15 33 33 40 55 4563 380760 LB1-LD03M61 0.780
Magnetic protection modules for frequent starting motors

Standard power ratings Magnetic Reference Weight
of 3-phase motors protection
50/60 Hz in category AC-43
220 V 400 V 480 V 600 V
240 V 415 V 440 V 525 V 690 V
kW kW kW kW kW A kg
3 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 78156 LB6-LD03M16 0.780
4 9 9 11 15 108216 LB6-LD03M21 0.780
5.5 11 11 15 18.5 150300 LB6-LD03M22 0.780

LB6-LD03M//
7.5 15 15 18.5 22 190380 LB6-LD03M53 0.780
9 22 22 25 33 240480 LB6-LD03M55 0.780
11 25 25 33 45 300600 LB6-LD03M57 0.780
15 33 33 40 55 380760 LB6-LD03M61 0.780
pages 21009/2 to 21011/
Selection Motor starters - open version 1

breakers
Selecting the type of contactor breaker and protection module

Neutral point Type Equipment Combination
connection of scheme contactor breaker + protection module
circuit
Neutral TNC 3-pole LD1-LD030/ + LB1-LD03L//

connect- (neutral + PEN
ion and PE
combined)
LD4-LD130/ + LB1-LD03L//
PEN
LD4-LD030/ + LB1-LD03L//
Note : The PEN conductor must not be isolated
TNS 3-pole LD1-LD030/ + LB1-LD03L//

(neutral
and PE
separated)
LB4-LD130/ + LB1-LD03L//
LD4-LD030/ + LB1-LD03L//
Note : All live conductors must be isolated. Neutral protection optional.
pages 21009/2 to 21011/

breakers

Rated Maximum Maximum Breaking Number Basic reference. Weight
thermal operational operational capacity of Complete with
current current voltage (Iq) poles code indicating
I th AC-1 for control circuit
40 C 40 C Ue 415 V voltage (2) Usual voltages
A A V kA kg

Black knob
63 63 690 50 3 LD1-LD030/ B E F M Q 3.700
LD1-LD030/ With control test function and padlocking facility

63 63 690 50 3 LD4-LD130/ B E F M Q 3.800
63 63 690 50 3 LD4-LD030/ B E F M Q 3.800
Protection modules (for customer assembly)
Thermal-magnetic (compensated)
Thermal Magnetic Number Number Reference Weight
setting setting of of
range range poles protected
(Irth min (36 Irth max) poles
to Irth max)
A A kg
1013 3978 3 3 LB1-LD03L16 0.780
1318 54108 3 3 LB1-LD03L21 0.780
LB1-LD03L//
1825 75150 3 3 LB1-LD03L22 0.780
2332 95190 3 3 LB1-LD03L53 0.780
2840 120240 3 3 LB1-LD03L55 0.780
3550 150300 3 3 LB1-LD03L57 0.780
4563 190380 3 3 LB1-LD03L61 0.780
(1) For the unit to function, it must be fitted with a protection module, to be ordered separately.
Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380 415 440 480 500 600 660
400
60 Hz BC CC CE K FC LC MC MC UX Q S
$ (3) BD ED FD
(3) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with a voltage converter, including coil suppression device.
pages 21009/2 to 21011/
1


breakers
Add-on blocks
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP 20) (1)

N/O N/C C/O kg
LD1. LD4 1 block of 6 contacts comprising: LA1-LC010 0.280

or LD5 - 3 signalling contacts contactor state 2 1
Mounted on - 1 signalling contact control knob 1
RH side in any position other than Auto
- 1 signalling contact 1
- 1 signalling contact tripped 1

- 1 signalling contact 1
- 1 signalling contact tripped 1

- 1 signalling contact tripped, 1 1
selectable by the user
1 block of 3 signalling contacts 2 1 LA1-LC020 0.100

contactor state
LD4 1 control circuit isolating block 1 LA1-LC030 0.035

Mounted on (1 or 2 blocks per unit)
LH side
LD5 1 block of 3 signalling contacts 2 1 LA1-LC021 0.100

Mounted on contactor state
LH side
1 control circuit isolating block 2 LA1-LC031 0.100

comprising 2 contacts
Complementary block with one instantaneous auxiliary contact (IP 10) (1)
LD1. LD4 or 1 block comprising 1 LA1-LC001 0.035

LD5 1 signalling contact contactor state
Mounted on LH side or RH side
(1) UL and CSA approved.
pages 21009/2 to 21011/
1


breakers
Accessories
Electrical tripping and reset devices

For Type and number Basic reference. Weight
use on per unit Complete with code kg
indicating control
circ. voltage (1) Usual voltage
LD1, LD4 1 tripping block for operation Time delay 0.2 s LA1-LC070p BEFMQ 0.150
or LD5 on de-energisation
fitted with an (undervoltage trip)
LA1-LC010
or
LA1-LC012
add-on block
Instantaneous LA1-LC072p BEFMQ 0.150
or 1 tripping block for Instantaneous LA1-LC071p BEFMQ 0.150

operation on energisation
(shunt trip)
LD1, LD4 1 remote electrical 24 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052B 0.320

or LD5 reset block
fitted with an
LA1-LC010
or
LA1-LC012
add-on block
42 V 50 Hz LA1-LC052E 0.320
48 V 50/60 Hz
100/127 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052F 0.320
200/240 V 50/60 Hz LA1-LC052M 0.320
Volts 24 48 110 120 220/230 240 380/400 415 440
50 Hz B E F M U Q N N
60 Hz B E F F M M Q N
pages 21009/2 to 21011/
1


breakers

Mounting Type Control Operational Reference Weight
voltage c voltage 50/60 Hz
V V kg
On top Sold state 524 24240 LA1-LD180BD 0.110

of the
integral
unit
Relay output 24 24240 LA1-LD580BD 0.110
48 24240 LA1-LD580ED 0.110
Replacement coils and voltage converters (1)
For c control circuit operation

Mounting For Operational Consumption Description Reference (3) Weight
integral voltage Inrush Sealed
c (2)
V W W kg
On top LDp-LDpppBD 24 (4) 300 8 Coil LX1-LD0249 0.300

of the
integral
unit
Converter LA1-LD080BD 0.150
LDp-LDpppED 48 (4) 300 8 Coil LX1-LD0489 0300
Converter LA1-LD080ED 0.150
LDp-LDpppFD 110 300 8 Coil LX1-LD1109 0.300
Converter LA1-LD080FD 0.150
Coil suppressor module

Mounting Type Operational Reference Weight
voltage 50/60 Hz
V kg
Clip-on RC circuit (resistor-capacitor) (5) 250 LA9-D09982 0.010
(1) For reversing contactor breakers, order 2 interface modules or 2 voltage converters.
voltage.
(4) 24 V and 48 V converters can be operated by low level input. In this case, the control circuit voltage must be the
same as the supply voltage (24 or 48 V).
to 3 Uc max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).
pages 21009/2 to 21011/

breakers
Accessories (to be ordered separately)
Description For Sold Unit Weight
use on in reference
lots of kg
Power terminal Upstream power 5 LA9-LD701 0.050

protection shrouds terminals (L1, L2, L3)
LA1-LC090
Sealing covers Protection 1 LA1-LC090 0.010

module
Description For Mounting Reference Weight
use on on kg
Mounting plates LD1, LD4, LD5 1 x 75 mm LA9-LD010 0.450

rail
or 2 x 32,
rails
Door interlock mechanisms (IP54)

Type For Colour Reference Weight
use on of knob kg
Adjustable LD1 Red LA9-LC330 0.400

from 0 to 185 mm
with extension
(control knob mounted
on plate or door)
LA9-LD010
LD4, LD5 Red LA9-LC530 0.400



breakers
Coils (Replacement parts)
a.c. operation
Rated Average Inductance Voltage reference Weight
control circuit voltages resistance of reference
Uc Uc at 20 C 10 % closed code
50 Hz 60 Hz circuit (1)
V V H kg
24 0.213 0.045 BC LX1-LD020 0.300
24 0.323 0.071 B LX1-LD024 0.300
36 0.503 0.106 CC LX1-LD030 0.300
LX1-LD/// 48 0.845 0.19 CE LX1-LD040 0.300
42 0.987 0.22 D LX1-LD042 0.300
48 1.26 0.29 E LX1-LD048 0.300
110 4.88 1 K LX1-LD090 0.300
115/120 5.89 1.18 FC LX1-LD100 0.300
110 6.48 1.48 F LX1-LD110 0.300
127 9.80 2.13 G LX1-LD127 0.300
220 19.82 4.2 LC LX1-LD180 0.300
230/240 23.24 4.5 MC LX1-LD190 0.300
220/230 30.51 6.7 M LX1-LD220 0.300
240 37.66 7.9 U LX1-LD240 0.300
440 80.46 16.7 UX LX1-LD360 0.300
380/400 460/480 93.63 20 Q LX1-LD380 0.300
415/440 116.46 23.7 N LX1-LD415 0.300
500 575/600 152.18 31 S LX1-LD500 0.300
660 290.80 60 Y LX1-LD660 0.300
d.c. operation
Integral 63 can operate on a d.c. supply when fitted with a special coil and a corresponding voltage converter:
see page 21171/7.
(1) Coil voltage reference code letter(s), used to complete the basic reference when ordering an integral unit.


of the control knob
LD1 LD4 Auxiliary contact actuators

1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Auto +0
A1
A1
A2
A2
U U U
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LC010 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC025 LA1- LA1- LA1-
LC001 LC020 LC030
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
(53)
08
98
96
98
63
13
23
31
16
18
06
08
13
23
31
13
23
31
13
23
31
41
96
98
contact open
ou
contact closed
(54)
05
95
95
64
14
24
32
15
05
14
24
32
14
24
32
14
24
32
42
95
95
LD1 LD4
Off + isolation
13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
Off
13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
On, contactor open

AUTO AUTO 13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54

AUTO AUTO 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31
16 18 06 08 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
Off after overload

TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
Tripped on overload
TRIP. + TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
TRIP. + TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54

TRIP. + TRIP. + 13 23 31
13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
Manual reset
TRIP. + TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 41 13 23 31 53
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 42 14 24 32 54
RESET RESET
General : Characteristics : 11 pages 21169/2 to 21172/3 pages 21009/2 and

pages 21151/2 to 21151/7 pages 21152/2 to 21159/ References : Dimensions : 21009/3

of the control knob

1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Auto +0
ou
U U U
A1
A1
A2
A2
Auxiliary contacts
LA1-LC010 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC025 LA1- LA1- LA1- LA1-
LC020 LC001 LC021 LC031
13
23
31
96
98
13
23
31
96
98
13
23
31
41
06
08
13
23
31
08
13
23
31
53
63
16
18
98
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
ou
contact open
14
24
32
95
14
24
32
95
95
14
24
32
42
05
14
24
32
05
14
24
32
54
64
15
95
contact closed
Off + isolation
13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
Off
13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
On, reversing contactor open

AUTO 13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
On, closed
AUTO 13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
On, closed
AUTO 13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
Tripped on overload
13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
TRIP. +
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
Off after overload

TRIP. +
13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64

TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
08
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
Manual reset
TRIP. + 13 23 31 16 18 06 08 96 98 13 23 31 08 98 13 23 31 96 98 13 23 31 41 13 23 31 53 63
14 24 32 15 05 95 14 24 32 05 95 14 24 32 95 95 14 24 32 42 14 24 32 54 64
RESET
General : Characteristics : 11 pages 21169/2 to 21172/3 pages 21009/2 and

pages 21151/2 to 21151/7 pages 21159/2 to 21159/ References : Dimensions : 21009/3
Dimensions Motor starters - open version 1

contactor breakers
Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 18

Control circuit : a.c. Control circuit : d.c.
LD1-LB030 LD5-LB130 / / /
LD -LB 30 + LB -LB03P + LA1-LB080
+ LB -LB03P + LB -LB03P / /
LD3-LB
LA1-LB080
97,5
78,5
148,5
167,5
135
135
135
45
45
45
70
70
109,5 4,5 36
=
=
45 109,5 4,5 36
123 45 4,5 90 123 45
139 99 139
Contactor breakers integral 32
/ /
LD -LC 30 / /
LD -LC 40 / // /
LD -LC 0 + LB -LC0 + LA1-LC080 /
/
+ LB -LC03 + LB1-LC0 / LD -LC 30 / / / /
LD -LC 40
LA1-LC080 LA1-LC080
68,5 45 74,5
68,5 45 74,5
100
100
99
99
160
188
160
188
89
89
88
88
109 = 19 = = 38 =
8
109 = 19 =
8
= 38 =
123 = = 52 33 123 = = 52 33
155 66 85 155 66 85
Contactor breakers integral 63
/ /
LD -LD 30 + LB -LD03 / / / /
LD -LD 30 + LB LD03 + LA1-LD080
LA1-LD080
104,5
121,5
128,5
97,5
250
210
243
45
210
45
121,5
121,5
100,5
100,5
146 = 28 =
16,5
146 = 28 =
16,5
158,5 = = 158,5 = =
192 90 192 90
Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 32 Contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 63
/
LD5-LC 30 + LB -LC03M/ /
LD5-LC 30 + LB -LC03M /
68,5 45 68,5
93
94
129,5
153,5
182
160
275
88
89
210
45
121,5
109 = 85 =
8
100,5
123 33
155 132
148 45
16,5
160,5 59 63 59
194 181
General : References Integral 18 : References Integral 32 : References Integral 63 : Schemes :


Dimensions, mounting Motor starters - open version 1

contactor breakers
Current limiter Add-on blocks

LA9-LB920 For mounting on contactor breakers integral 18
LA1-LB015 LA1-LB031 LA1-LB034 LA1-LB080BD
LA1-LB001 LA1-LB0311 LA1-LB0341 LA4-D
2M4
b
146
103
115
LA1-LB001
LA1-LB015
6 51 12 11 12 12
53,5 LA1-LB080BD b = 19
LA4-DA, DE, DF, DT b = 12
LA4-DL, DM, DR, DW b = 19
Add-on blocks
For mounting on contactor breakers integral 32 and 63
LA1-LC012 LA1-LC010 LA1-LC052 LA1-LC020 LA1-LC030 LA1-LC025
LA1-LC001 LA1-LC07 / (1 or 2) LA1-LC001
LA1-LC010
LA1-LC001 LA1-LC001
LA1-LC070
LA1-LC012 LA1-LC071 LA1-LC025
LA1-LC072
13 11 26 51 12 9 9 12 11
Add-on blocks
For mounting on contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 18
LA1-LB015 LA1-LB080BD
LA1-LB021, LB0211, LA1-LB001 LA4-D
LA1-LB001
LA1-LB021, LB0211
b
LA1-LB001
LA1-LB015
11 12 12 11
LA1-LB080BD b = 19
LA4-DA, DE, DF, DT b = 12
LA4-DL, DM, DR, DW b = 19
Add-on blocks
For mounting on contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers integral 32 and 63
LA1-LC021, LC025 LA1-LC031 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC010 LA1-LC052 LA1-LC020
LA1-LC001 LA1-LC001 LA1-LC07 //
LA1-LC010
LA1-LC025
LA1-LC070
LA1-LC071
LA1-LC072
11 13 12 26 13 11 26 51 12


Mounting Motor starters - open version 1

contactor breakers
integral 18
On 35 mm rail On 32 mm rails, at 145 mm centres On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1-P
78,5
DZ5-ME8
148,5
145
135
135
70
139 (AM1-DE200) 45
10 139 15 36 AF1-EA4 36
139
integral 18 with current limiter LA9-LB920 Several integral 18 units with current limiter LA9-LB920
LH side Upstream
100 mini
LA9-LB930
integral 32
On 35 mm rail On 32 mm rails, at 170 mm centres On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1-P
93
182
160
170
160
DZ5-ME8
89
155 (AM1-DE200) a
155 15 G
10 155 AF1-EA4 G
a G G
LD1-LC 30/ 66 LD1-LC /30 19 LD1-LC /30 19
LD1-LC 40/ 85 LD1-LC /40 38 LD1-LC /40 38
LD4-LC 30/ 66 LD4-LC /30 19 LD4-LC /30 19
LD4-LC 40/ 85 LD4-LC /40 38 LD4-LC /40 38
LD5-LC 30/ 132 LD5-LC /30 85 LD5-LC /30 85
integral 32 with current limiter LA9-LB920
LH side Upstream
100 mini
integral 63
On 75 mm rail, with mounting plate LA9-LD010 On 32 mm rails, at 220 mm centres On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1-P
137,5
266
210
210
210
220
LA9-LD010
DZ5-ME9
128,5
c 33 G 4xM5 c 15 G AF1-EA5 G
c
75
a b c G c G c G
LD1 266 137.5 192 28 LD1 192 28 LD1 192 28
LD4 266 137.5 192 28 LD4 192 28 LD4 192 28
LD5 282 153.5 194 63 LD5 194 63 LD5 194 63


contactor breakers
integral 18
With mounting plate LA9-LC010
On 32 mm
rails, at 120 mm centres 120
110
139 36
integral 32
With mounting plate LA9-LC010 With mounting plate LA9-LC012 With mounting plate LA9-LC012
On 32 mm
rails, at 120 mm centres On 75 mm rail On 32 mm rails, at 120 mm centres
LA9-LC012 LA9-LC012
DZ5-ME5
50
110
206
110
110
120
160
120
96
36
19 40
155 36 155 33 155 31
75
With height compensation plate LA9-LC011 (1)

With mounting plate LA9-LD010 On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1-P
On 75 mm
rail
LA9-LD010 LA9-LC011 4xM5,5
LA9-LC011
160
160
208
210
155 37 33 28 155 37 28
75
(1) For raising the front face of the integral 32 to the same height as that of the integral 63.
integral 63
With mounting plate LA9-LD010
On 32 mm
rails, at 120 mm centres
LA9-LD010
DZ5-ME5
G
110
120
68
40
c 31
c G
LD1 192 78
LD4 192 78
LD5 194 94



contactor breakers
integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers

Flush mounting Safety clearance
20
a
(2)
==
46
(1)
1
a1
a2
20
2
a a1 a2
LD1-LB030 46
LD5-LB130 100
LA1-LB0// 13.5
2 x LA1-LB0// 27
(1) Centre of operating knob
(2) Fixing centre
4 (1)
20
a
(3)
==
46
(2)
1
a1
a2
20
a a1 a2
LD1-LC030 66
LD4-LC/30 66
LD1-LC040 85
LD4-LC/40 85
LD5-LC/30 122
LA1-LC010 13
LA1-LC012 13
LA1-LC010 + LA1-LC052/ 51
LA1-LC012 + LA1-LC052/ 51
(1) Maximum door thickness for interlocking by
LD4 and LD5
(3) Fixing centre
4 (1)
30
a
(3)
==
46
(2)
1
a1
a2
30
a a1 a2
LD1-LD030 90
LD4-LD/30 90
LD5-LD/30 181
LA1-LC010 13
LA1-LC012 13
LA1-LC010 + LA1-LC052/ 51
LA1-LC012 + LA1-LC052/ 51
(1) Maximum door thickness for interlocking by
LD4 and LD5
(3) Fixing centre
References Integral 18 : References Integral 32 : References Integral 63 :
pages 21162/2 to 21164/3 pages 21165/2 to 21168/3 pages 21169/2 to 21172/3

Mounting of accessories Motor starters - open version 1

contactor breakers
integral 18
Adjustable door interlock mechanism LA9-LB33/
For mounting on LD1-LB030 + LB/-LB03P//
LD5-LB130 + LB/-LB03P//
LD1-LB030 LD5-LB130
+ LB/-LB03P// + LB/-LB03P//
148,5
135
135
65
63,25
63,25
54 180340 36 90
== = =
45 99
Door drillings
= =
54
= =
54
integral 32
Adjustable door interlock mechanism LA9-LC33/ and LA9-LC53/
For mounting on LD4-LC/30 and LC/40, LD5-LC/30
LD4-LC/30 LD4-LC/40 LD5-LC/30

80
182
65
80
80
80
80
54 170320 =19 = = 38 = = 85 =
= = 52 33 99 33
66 85 132
Door drillings
= =
54
= =
54
integral 63
Adjustable door interlock mechanism LA9-LC33/ and LA9-LC53/
For mounting on LD4-LD/30 and LD5-LD/30
LD4-LD/30 LD5-LD/30
105
105
275
243
65
105
105
105
54 207357 (LD4) = 28 = 45
209359 (LD5) = = 59 63 59
90 181
Door drillings
= =
54
= =
54
References Integral 18 : References Integral 32 : References Integral 63 :



contactor breakers
/ /
Contactor breakers integral 18 Reversing contactor breakers integral 18 Current limiter LA9-LB920 +
/
with protection module LB with protection module LB contactor breakers integral 18
//
LD1-LB030 + LB1-LB03P LD5-LB130 + LB1-LB03P with protection module LB
LD3-LB130M LD1-LB030 + LB1-LB03P
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
A1
A1
A2
A2
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
II I
A1
A1
A2
A2
/T1
/T2
/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
Add-on blocks
For contactor breakers LD1 and LD3 For contactor breakers LD1, LD3 and reversing contactor breakers LD5
Mounted on LH side Mounted on RH side
Breaker
A1-LB034 LA1-LB031 LA1-LB015 LA1-LB001
13
23
31
41
05
07
Short-circuit
signalling
14
24
32
42
06
08
Trip signalling
95
97
Auto 0
15
17
15
17
Signalling
96
98
16
18
16
18
Control knob
position
LA1-LB0341 LA1-LB0311
05
07
Short-circuit For reversing contactor breakers LD5

signalling Mounted on LH side
06
08
Breaker
LA1-LB001 LA1-LB021
41
13
23
31
Auto 0
15
17
15
17
Signalling
42
14
24
32
Contacts incor-
porated in unit
16
18
16
18
Control knob
position
07
05
Short-circuit
signalling
06
08
Auto 0
15
17
Signalling
16
18
Control knob
position
Breaker
LA1-LB001 LA1-LB0211
41
13
23
31
Contacts incor-
42
14
24
32
porated in unit
07
05
Short-circuit
signalling
06
08
Auto 0
15
17
Signalling
16
18
Control knob position
General : References : Dimensions:



contactor breakers
/ /
Contactor breakers integral 32 Reversing contactor breakers integral 32
/ // //0 + LB1-LC0// /
with protection module LB with protection module LB
LD1-LC0 0 + LB1-LC0 LD4-LC LD5-LC 30 + LB1-LC03M
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
N1
N1
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A1
A2
A2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
N2
LB1-LC05L 2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
N2
LB6-LC03M
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
LB6-LC03M
N2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
/
/ //
Current limiter LA9-LB920 + Contactor breakers integral 32 with protection module LB
/T1
/T2
/T3
LD/-LC 30 + LB1-LC03M
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
A1
A2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Add-on blocks Add-on blocks

For contactor breakers LD4 For contactor breakers LD1 or LD4 and reversing contactor breakers LD5
Isolator Breaker
LA1-LC030 LA1-LC010 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC020 LA1-LC025 LA1-LC001
(64) (63)
53
53
13
23
31
13
23
31
13
23
31
13
23
31
41
54
54
14
24
32
14
24
32
14
24
32
14
24
32
42
1 or 2 LA1-LC030
96
98
Trip signalling
98
98
96
ou
Add-on blocks
95
95
For reversing contactor breakers LD5

95
95
ou
Mounted on LH side Short-circuit
signalling
06
08
08
LA1-LC001 LA1-LC021
41
13
23
31
05
05
42
14
24
32
Auto +0
16
18
Isolator
LA1-LC031
15
Control knob
53
63
position
signalling
54
64
General : References : Dimensions :



contactor breakers
/ /
Contactor breakers integral 63 Reversing contactor breakers integral 63
/ / / /
with protection module LB with protection module LB
LD1-LD030 + LB1-LD03 LD4-LD 30 + LB1-LD03 LD5-LD 30 + LB1-LD03M or LD03P
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
A1
A1
A2
A2
A1
A1
A2
A2
Q1 Q1
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
LB6-LD03M LB6-LD03M
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Add-on blocks
For contactor breakers LD4 For contactor breakers LD1 or LD4 and reversing contactor breakers LD5
Breaker
Isolator LA1-LC010 LA1-LC012 LA1-LC020 LA1-LC025 LA1-LC001
LA1-LC030
(64) (63)
13
23
31
13
23
31
13
23
31
13
23
31
41
53
53
14
24
32
14
24
32
14
24
32
14
24
32
42
54
54
96
98
1 or 2 LA1-LC030 Trip
98
signalling
98
96
ou
95
95
95
95
ou
Short-circuit
06
08
signalling
08
05
05
Auto +0
16
18
15
Control knob
position
signalling
For reversing contactor breakers LD5

Mounted on LH side
LA1-LC001 LA1-LC021
41
13
23
31
42
14
24
32
LA1-LC031 Isolator
53
63
54
64
General : References : Dimensions :



contactor breakers
/
Tripping devices (1) for LD1, LD4, LD5 Remote electrical reset devices (1) for LD1, LD4, LD5
LA1-LC071 LA1-LC070, LC072 LA1-LC052
Auto The use of instantaneous auxil-

iary contact block LA1-LC020
D1
C1
TRIP +
RESET prevents the use of tripping de-
U< 0 vices or electrical reset devices
B4 B1
M
D2
C2
B2
B3
(1) For contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers already fitted with an LA1-LC010 or LA1-LC012 instantaneous auxiliary contact block.
Interface modules
LA4-DW solid state LA4-DF relay output LA4-DL relay output
(with manual override)
E1 +
E2
E1 +
E2
E1 +
E2
A2
A1
A1
A2
A2
A1
K K K
Interface modules
LA1-LC180, LD180 LA1-LC580, LD580
A1 A1
+ E1 + E1
E2 E2
A2 A2
Voltage converters
$ control circuit operation)

LA1-LB080, LC080, LD080
(supplied with contactor breakers for
Switching by control contact Switching by Low level input

24 or 48 V 24 or 48 V
E1 E1 E1
+ A1 + A1 + Low A1
Supply
level E3
input +
E3
(0V) A2 (0V) A2 A2
E2 E2 (0V) E2
/
Electronic serial timer modules Control modules Automatic-Manual-Stop
LA4-DT On-delay LA4-DR Off-delay LA4-DM
A1
A2
B2
A2
(1)
B1
A1
A2
A1
0 t 0 t AUTO/
MAN
I/O
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
K K K
(1) PLC.
General : References : 21165/2 to 21168/3, Dimensions:

pages 21151/2 to 21151/7 pages 21162/2 to 21164/3, 21169/2 to 21172/3 pages 21009/2 to 21173/3

Presentation, TeSys motor starters - open version
characteristics Adaptors for use with busbar systems
Presentation
Reducing the installation time of components is an important factor that also increases productivity.
The comprehensive range of adaptors and mounting accessories allows this objective to be achieved.
There are numerous advantages:
- saving of space in enclosures,
- reduced size of enclosures,
- reduced wiring time,
- increased protection of personnel against accidental direct contact (IP 20) through the use of insulated mounting rails,
- flexibility and modularity of equipment
- reliable operation of the equipment with easier maintenance.
Description
Power distribution is achieved by a 3-pole or 5-pole busbar system.
The adaptors clip directly onto the busbar system, providing instantaneous electrical connection.
Busbar system pitch: 40 or 60 mm.
These adaptors allow mounting of motor starter components such as:
- GV2-ME, GV2-P or GV3-ME motor circuit-breakers,
- K and D range contactors up to 38 A,
- integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers,
- LH4-N1 and LH4-N2 soft starters.
LA9-Z32199
They are available in different sizes to allow easy installation of varying component combinations.
These adaptors can be used in conjunction with interface modules communicating with an AS-i bus, see pages 21087/
2 to 21087/7. This enables motor starters to be set up on an AS-i bus, bringing all the advantages of the 2 technologies.
General characteristics

Degree of protection IP 20 with insulated mounting rail LA9-Z098//
Temperature resistance C 120
Rated frequency of current Hz 50/60

Rated operational current
Depending on type of busbar mm 12 x 5 12 x 10 15 x 5 20 x 5 20 x 10 25 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 10
and at 35 C A 200 360 250 320 520 400 450 630
Coefficient K to be applied C 35 40 45 50 55 60
according to ambient temperature K 1 0.9 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.35
Rated insulation voltage V 690 conforming to IEC 60947-1 and NF C 20-040

Rated permissible peak current
With busbar support LA9-Z11098 and Z11099 LA9-Z11100 and Z11101
Busbar size mm 12 x 5 12 x 10 12 x 5 12 x 10 20 x 10 30 x 5 30 x 10
Rated current kA 35 35 30 35 35 45 55
Maximum let-through energy A2s 1 x 108 4 x 108 1 x 108 11 x 108 11 x 108 6.2 x 108 24.8 x 108
Support fixing, by screws mm 4x6 4x5
Cabling, by connectors LA9-Z11103 LA9-Z11104 LA9-Z11105

Min Max Min Max Min Max
Flexible cable with cable end mm 2 4 35 16 70 120 120
Multi-strand cable mm 2 4 35 16 70 35 120
Solid cable mm 2 4 35
Tightening torque mm 2 1x6 1 x 10 3 x 12
Characteristics of adaptors for use with busbar systems (3-phase)

LA9- LA9- LA9- LA9- LA9- LA9-
Types Z32196, Z32199, Z32200, Z32343, Z32344, Z32345 Z32253 Z32248
Z32228, Z32229. Z32208 to Z32210. Z40132, Z60132, Z32249
Z32238, Z32239 Z32232 Z40232, Z60232
Degree of protection to IEC 60529 IP 20
Conductor c.s.a. mm 2 4 6 6 10 16 2.5

(colour: black) AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 22/14
Type of conductor insulation PVC 105 C
Permissible current A 25 32 32 63 80 15
Rated insulation voltage V 690 conforming to NF C 20-040 and IEC 60947-1 250
Rated peak current kA 6 6 6 10 10

Maximum let-through energy A2s 2 x 105 2 x 105 2 x 105 3 x 105 3 x 105
References : Dimensions :
pages 24582/2 to 24582/9 pages 24583/2 and 24583/3

Characteristics TeSys motor starters - open version
Short-circuit resistance
Determining the spacing between busbar supports (1)
Busbar system with 40 mm pitch Busbar system with 60 mm pitch
Peak current Ipk (kA)

Peak current Ipk (kA)
50 70
40 60
12 x 5 et 12 x 10 30 x 10
30 50
30 x 5
20 40 12 x 10
et 20 x 10
12 x 5
10 30
0 20
200 300 400 500 600 200 300 400 500 600
Busbar support fixing centres (mm) Busbar support fixing centres (mm)
(1) Depending on the prospective short-circuit current.
Current capacity of busbars
For an ambient temperature of 35C and a busbar temperature of 65C

C.s.a. mm2 12 x 5 15 x 5 20 x 5 25 x 5 30 x 5 12 x 10 20 x 10 30 x 10
Permissible current A 200 250 320 400 450 360 520 630
If the above climatic conditions are modified, consult the chart below to find the correction factor K2 to be applied.
Factor k2
C
,2 0
Ambient temperature
5
,1
10
,0 15
20
,9 25
30
,8
35
,7 40
45
,6 50
55
,5
60
,4 65
,3
,2
,1
,0
,9
,8
,7
,6
,5
,4
,3
50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
Busbar tempterature (C)
Example: in normal operating conditions, a set of 30 x 10 tinned busbars can withstand a continuous load of 630 A.
For a load of 800 A, the correction coefficient K2 to be applied will be 1.3 ( 800 A ). It follows that the temperature rise
of the busbars will be 82.5 C. 630 A
References : Dimensions :
pages 24582/2 to 24582/9 pages 24583/2 and 24583/3

40 mm : LA9-Z32228
60 mm : LA9-Z32229
500336
40 mm : LA9-Z32196 GV2-ME, GV2-P
500334
GV2-ME, GV2-P
LC1, LP1, LP4-K06...K12
LC1, LP1, LP4-K06...K12
40 mm : LA9-Z32199
60 mm : LA9-Z32200
500335
40 mm : LA9-Z40132
60 mm : LA9-Z60132
GV2-ME, GV2-P
500337
GV2-ME, GV2-P
LC1-D09...D38
LC1-D09...D38

References TeSys motor starters - open version
Adaptors for busbar systems with 40 mm pitch - non-reversing

Motor starter type Operational Width Sold Unit Weight
current x height in reference
AC-3 of lots of
440 V adaptor
A mm kg
GV2-ME + LC1, LP1, LP4-K06K12 12 45 x 139 4 LA9-Z32196 0.788

or
GV2-P
45 x 182 4 LA9-Z32228 0.984
GV2-ME + LC1-D09D38 32 45 x 182 4 LA9-Z40132 0.984

or
GV2-P
54 x 182 4 LA9-Z32199 1.144

AC-3 of lots of
440 V adaptor
A mm k

or
GV2-P
GV2-ME + LC1-D09D38 32 45 x 182 4 LA9-Z60132 0.984

or
GV2-P
54 x 182 4 LA9-Z32200 1.220
Characteristics : Dimensions :
pages 24581/2 and 24581/3 pages 24583/2 and 24583/3

60 mm : LA9-Z32210
500340
40 mm : LA9-Z32232
GV2-ME, GV2-P
500339
GV2-ME,
GV2-P
LC2, LP2, LP5-K06...K12
LC2, LP2, LP5-K06...K12
40 mm : LA9-Z32208
60 mm : LA9-Z32209
500342
40 mm : LA9-Z40232
GV2-ME, GV2-P
60 mm : LA9-Z60232
500341
GV2-ME,
GV2-P
LC2-D09...D38
LC2-D09...D38

Adaptors for busbar systems with 40 mm pitch - reversing

AC-3 of lots of
440 V adaptor
A mm kg

or
GV2-P
GV2-ME + LC2-D09D38 32 90 x 182 4 LA9-Z40232 1.884

or
GV2-P
135 x 182 1 LA9-Z32208 0.638

AC-3 of lots of
440 V adaptor
A mm kg

or
GV2-P
GV2-ME + LC2-D09D38 32 90 x 182 4 LA9-Z60232 1.948

or
GV2-P
135 x 182 1 LA9-Z32209 0.651

60 mm : LA9-Z32238 60 mm : LA9-Z32253 60 mm : LA9-Z32239
500349
500351
500350
GV2-ME, GV2-P GV2-ME, GV2-P
GV3-ME
LH4-N2
LH4-N1
60 mm : LA9-Z32343
500352
LD1-LB, LC
LD4-LC
60 mm : LA9-Z32345
500353
60 mm : LA9-Z32344
500354
LD1-LD
LD4-LD
LD5-LB, LC


AC-3 of lots of
440 V adaptor
A mm kg
Integral LD1-LB 18 67.5 x 182 1 LA9-Z32343 0.590
Integral LD1, LD4-LC 32 67.5 x 182 1 LA9-Z32343 0.590
Integral LD1, LD4-LD 63 108 x 244 1 LA9-Z32345 0.887
GV2-ME + LH4-N1 25 45 x 242 4 LA9-Z32238 1.476

or
GV2-P
or
LH4-N2 25 90 x 242 2 LA9-Z32239 1.476
GV3-ME 80 72 x 182 1 LA9-Z32253 0.347

Motor starter type Operational Width Reference Weight
current x height
AC-3 of
440 V adaptor
A mm kg
Integral LD5-LB 18 135 x 182 LA9-Z32344 1.001
Integral LD5-LC 32 135 x 182 LA9-Z32344 1.001

LA9-Z11099 LA9-Z11098 LA9-Z11103 LA9-Z32ppp
LA9-Z32936 LA9-Z098pp
40 mm
LA9-Z11098 LA9-Z11099
LA9-Z32248
LA9-Z32249
LA9-Z11100 LA9-Z11101
LA9-Z32ppp LA9-Z098pp
LA9-Z91413 LA9-Z11105
LA9-Z11102
60 mm
LA9-Z32248
LA9-Z32249
LA9-Z11100
LA9-Z11101 LA9-Z11104
LA9-Z11118 LA9-Z11105

References of mounting TeSys motor starters - open version
and cabling accessories Adaptors for use with busbar systems
Accessories for busbar sets with 40 mm pitch

in reference
lots of kg
Busbar system supports (1) 3-pole 10 LA9-Z11098 1.040
3-pole + N + T 10 LA9-Z11099 1.400
Insulated rails (length 1 m) For busbars, 10 LA9-Z09818 0.420

thickness 5 mm
For busbars, 10 LA9-Z09820 0.940

thickness 10 mm
Connector Capacity 35 mm2 50 LA9-Z11103 2.300
Protective cover For connector 1 LA9-Z91413 0.160

LA9-Z11103
Side module, 13.5 x 182 mm For increasing the 4 LA9-Z32936 0.472

width of the adaptor
Plug-in terminal blocks Width 54 mm 1 LA9-Z32248 0.066

for use with LA9-Z32ppp (7-pole)
Width 45 mm 1 LA9-Z32249 0.055
Accessories for busbar sets with 60 mm pitch

in reference
lots of kg
Busbar system supports (1) 3-pole 10 LA9-Z11100 2.100
3-pole + N 10 LA9-Z11101 2.660
Insulated terminal shroud 3-pole 10 LA9-Z11102 0.310
4-pole 10 LA9-Z11118 0.380
Insulated rails (length 1 m) For busbars, 10 LA9-Z09819 0.800

thickness 5 mm
For busbars, 10 LA9-Z09820 0.940

thickness 10 mm
Connectors Capacity 70 mm 2 25 LA9-Z11104 1.875
3-pole 1 LA9-Z11105 (2) 0.719

capacity 120 mm2
Protective cover For connector 1 LA9-Z91413 0.160

LA9-Z11104
Plug-in terminal blocks Width 54 mm 1 LA9-Z32248 0.066

for use with LA9-Z32ppp (7-pole)
Width 45 mm 1 LA9-Z32249 0.055
(1) For dimensions and rated operational current, see pages 24581/2 and 24581/3.
(2) Supplied complete with protective cover.

Dimensions Motor starters - open version
Motor starter combinations for customer assembly
GV2-ME or P + LCp, LPp-K GV2-ME or P + LCp-D
Motor starter combinations, non-reversing
Motor starter type a b 40 mm system 60 mm system e1

c Adaptor c Adaptor
a c or LC(1) reference a c or LC(1) Other reference
GV2-ME + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 45 152 125 125 LA9-Z32196 40
GV2-P + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 45 152 145 145 LA9-Z32196 40
GV2-ME + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 45 184 125 125 LA9-Z32228 135 135 LA9-Z32229 40
GV2-P + LC1, LP1 or LP4-K06 to K12 45 184 145 145 LA9-Z32228 155 155 LA9-Z32229 40
GV2-ME + LC1-D09 to D18 45 200 139 139 LA9-Z40132 149 149 LA9-Z60132 40
GV2-P + LC1-D09 to D18 45 200 142 142 LA9-Z40132 152 152 LA9-Z60132 40
Integral 18 LD1 68 184 195 LA9-Z32343 33
Integral 32 LD1, LD4 68 184 225 LA9-Z32343 33
Integral 63 LD1, LD4 108 244 250 LA9-Z32345 50
GV2-ME + LH4-N1 45 242 163 LA9-Z32238 33
GV2-P + LH4-N1 45 242 163 LA9-Z32238 33
GV2-ME + LH4-N2 90 242 163 LA9-Z32239 33
GV2-P + LH4-N2 90 242 163 LA9-Z32239 33
GV3-ME 72 182 180 LA9-Z32253 50

(1) LC = Low Consumption
X electrical clearance Ue 415 V Ue = 440 V Ue = 500 and 600 V

GV2-ME 40 40 40
GV2-P 40 80 120
Integral 18 or 32 30 20 30
Integral 63 20 20 20
GV3-ME 40 40 50
Characteristics : References :
pages 24581/2 and 24581/3 pages 24582/2 to 24582/9
4583 Ver2.00-EN.fm/2 Schneider Electric

Dimensions Motor starters - open version
Motor starter combinations for customer assembly
GV2-ME or P + LC2, LP2-K Integral GV2-ME or P + LH4-Np
Motor starter combinations, reversing
Motor starter type a b 40 mm system 60 mm system e1

c Adaptor c Adaptor
a c or LC(1) reference a c or LC(1) LD5 reference
GV2-ME + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 90 150 125 125 LA9-Z32232 40
GV2-P + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 90 150 145 145 LA9-Z32232 40
GV2-ME + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 90 184 135 135 LA9-Z32210 40
GV2-P + LC2, LP2-K06 to K12 90 184 155 155 LA9-Z32210 40
GV2-ME +LC2-D25 to D38 90 200 146 146 LA9-Z40232 156 156 LA9-Z60232 40
GV2-ME + LP5-K06 to K12 90 150 125 LA9-Z32232 40
GV2-P + LP5-K06 to K12 90 150 145 LA9-Z32232 40
GV2-ME + LP5, K06 to K12 90 184 135 LA9-Z32210 40
GV2-P + LP5, K06 and K12 90 184 155 LA9-Z32210 40
Integral 18 LD5 135 184 195 LA9-Z32344 33
Integral 32 LD5 135 184 195 LA9-Z32344 33

(1) LC = Low Consumption
Characteristics : References :
pages 24581/2 and 24581/3 pages 24582/2 to 24582/9
Schneider Electric 24583 Ver2.00-EN.fm/

Selection guide Installation system 0
Tego Power for motor starter components
Functions Assembly and connection of motor starter components with spring terminals, without
using tools
Product type Power connection kit Power/control Control connection module

splitter box
For contactors TeSys model d
Type of starter Direct and reversing Direct Reversing
Coil control Yes No Yes No
Use with motor starters 8 starters (1)
Number of motor starters 1 2, 4 limited to 60 A 1
Connection of earth cables 1
Connection via HE 10 connector or adapter for communication

modules.
Type of connection or bus
Number of channels
References LAD 3p APP 2Rp APP 2Dp
Pages 15021/5
(1) With upstream terminal block LAD 3B1.
0124Q-EN_Ver5.0.fm/2
0
Communication with the processing part
Communication modules
Connector to PLCs Terminal block AS-Interface bus Other buses
HE 10 Screw or spring AS-Interface 2 addresses Fipio, INTERBUS, Profibus DP, CANopen, DeviceNet
8I/8O 16I/8O 8I/8O 16I/8O 32I/24O
APP 1CH APP 1CV/1CE APP 1CAS2 APP 1Cpp0 APP 1Cpp2/5
15023/3
0124Q-EN_Ver5.0.fm/3
Presentation Installation system 0
1 3 6 General presentation
Tego Power is a modular system which standardises and simplifies setting up of
motor starters with its prewired control and power circuits.
Installation of a motor starter is therefore quick, simple, safe and flexible, with no
wires needed for connection. In addition, this system enables the motor starter to be
customised at a later date, reduces maintenance time and optimises panel space by
reducing the number of terminals and intermediate interfaces and the amount of
ducting.
Quickfit technology for TeSys motor starter components with spring terminals is
5 designed for use with model d contactors (9 to 25 A) and with GV2 ME motor
circuit-breakers.
4
System using Quickfit technology, for TeSys motor starters with spring
2 terminals
The motor starters concerned are those formed by combining:
- GV2 ME circuit-breakers,
- with 9 to 25 A model d (LC1) contactors.
2
Consisting of simple parts, Tego Power with Quickfit technology can be used to build
motor starter assemblies up to 11.5 kW/400 V.
The main components which make up this range are:
7
b For the power circuit
v a power kit comprising, for each starter, a plate 1 for mounting the contactor and
the circuit-breaker and two power connection modules 2,
v a power splitter box 5 for 2 or 4 starters,
v an upstream terminal block 6 for a power supply up to 60 A (16 mm2),
v an outgoing terminal block 7 for connection of the motor power supply cables
and the earth cables (6 mm2).
b For the control circuit

v a control splitter box 3 for 2 or 4 starters, with control-command data on HE 10
connector. The data on 4 to 8 starters can be fed back directly to the PLC via an
81/8O or 16I/8O Telefast cable, or to a fieldbus module (AS-Interface, Fipio,
CANopen, DeviceNet, INTERBUS, Profibus) (see opposite page).
v a control circuit connection module 4 which plugs directly into the contactor and
the circuit-breaker on each starter. This module concentrates the motor starter
control-command data. It incorporates the circuit-breaker status data in the prewiring
of the contactor control circuit.
Selection : Characteristics : References : Dimensions : Schemes :

pages 15021/4 and 15023/2 pages 15025/2 to 15025/5 pages 15021/5 and 15023/3 pages 15026/2 and 15026/3 pages 15027/2 to 15027/5
15020-EN_Ver6.0.fm/2
Presentation (continued) Installation system 0
1 2 3
General
Communication modules are used to send I/O data from a Tego Power motor starter
configuration to the PLC.
The communication module is selected according to the type of connection required
(see page 15023/2):
b either in parallel mode (modules, terminal blocks or HE 10),
b or in serial mode on the bus (AS-Interface bus, INTERBUS, Fipio, Profibus DP,
CANopen or DeviceNet modules).
Modules in a TeSys motor starter system with spring terminals

Motor starters can be connected to a PLC or a bus in two ways:
b by direct connection from the control splitter box 3 with 4 starters, using one HE 10
connector (8I/8O) or two HE 10 connectors (16I and 8O),
b by a Tego Power module 1 using an APP 2CX adapter plate 2.

pages 15021/4 and 15023/2 pages 15025/2 to 15025/5 pages 15021/5 and 15023/3 pages 15026/2 and 15026/3 pages 15027/2 to 15027/5
15020-EN_Ver6.0.fm/3
Description Installation system 0

Components with spring terminals,
using Quickfit technology
Tego Power for components with spring terminals

The motor starters concerned are those formed by combining:
- TeSys GV2 ME circuit-breakers with an operating limit of 80% of maximum current
at 60C ambient temperature, up to 690 V (see page15025/3),
- with TeSys model d contactors (LC1), 9 to 25 A.
The main components which make up this range are:
b For the power part
v power kits,
v power splitter boxes,
v upstream and downstream terminal blocks.
b For the control-command part
v power and control splitter boxes,
v control connection modules.
When used with communication modules (see pages 15020/3 and 15023/2), these
motor starters exchange control-command data with PLCs or a bus. They can also
communicate directly with PLCs via a Telefast HE 10 cable.
1 5 6 Power components
b Power kits LAD 3p
Each motor starter requires a power kit which consists of a plate 1 and 2 Quickfit
technology power connection modules 2.
The plate is used for mounting TeSys model d contactors 3, 9 to 25 A , direct or
reversing, with spring terminals and fitted with a.c. or d.c. coil, and the GV2 ME
circuit-breaker 4 only. This plate is mounted on two 35 mm 7 rails or is screwed onto
a base plate.
The two power connection modules 2a and 2b are identical, whatever the rating of
the contactor up to 25 A.
The upper power connection module 2a connects the power between the splitter box
and the circuit-breaker.
4 The lower power connection module 2b connects the power between the
circuit-breaker and the contactor.
b Splitter box LAD 32p
2a Splitter boxes 5 are available for 2 or 4 starters.
They can be combined to create motor starters up to 60 A per power supply.
A reversing starter occupies a width equivalent to that of 2 direct starters.
Direct supply of power to the splitter boxes is possible up to 25 A (4 mm2).
b Upstream terminal block LAD 3B1
2b The upstream terminal block 6 performs two functions:
v power supply up to 60 A (16 mm2),
3 v power supply between two connected splitter boxes.
The upstream terminal block plugs into the splitter box using Quickfit technology. It
is positioned on the splitter box or straddling two splitter boxes and takes up a width
equivalent to two motor starters.
7 b Outgoing terminal block LAD 331
The outgoing terminal block 7 performs two functions:
v connection of the motor power supply cables up to 6 mm2,
v connection of the motor earth cables.
In addition, the terminal block enables quick connection and disconnection for
maintenance, avoiding the risk of phase reversal.
The outgoing terminal block plugs into the downstream spring terminals on the
contactor, using Quickfit technology.

page 15021/4 pages 15025/2 to 15025/5 page 15021/5 pages 15026/2 and 15026/3 pages 15027/2 and 15027/3
15021-EN_Ver7.0.fm/2
Description (continued) Installation system 0

1b 1a 2 Control-command components
b Power and control splitter boxes APP 2Rpp
These have the same characteristics as the power splitter box 1b described on the
opposite page and are used to gather control-command data from the motor starters.
Power and control splitter boxes 1b + 1a for 2 or 4 starters can be combined to create
up to 8 starters. A reversing starter takes up the space of two direct starters.
The mechanical assembly of 2 splitter boxes connects the control-command data as
well as the power supply to the coil control.
The coil control can be a.c. or d.c., up to 250 V
Three types of splitter box are available:
v APP 2RpE with one 30-way HE 10 connector for connection to the Tego Power
communication module APP 1Cp, using adapter plate APP 2CX (these splitter boxes
are also available for 2 or 4 starters), or to any other splitter boxes as part of an
extension.
v APP 2R4H1 with one HE10 connector with 8I/8O, for direct connection to the PLC
via a Telefast cable: the data communicated to the PLC, for each starter, is the coil
control (1 output) and the contactor status (1 input) for up to 8 starters,
v APP 2R4H1 with two HE10 connectors (one for 16 inputs, the other for 8 outputs),
for direct connection to the PLC via a Telefast cable: the data communicated to the
PLC, for each starter, is the coil control (1 output), the contactor status (1 input) and
the circuit-breaker status (1 input) for up to 8 starters.
Control splitter boxes 1a are also available separately, as spare parts. They are for
fitment, by the user, on power splitter boxes LAD 32p. These splitter boxes are
available for 2 or 4 starters.
b Control circuit connection modules APP 2Dpp

The control circuit connection module 2 plugs directly into the control terminals on
the GV2 circuit-breaker and the contactor, using Quickfit technology. Its upper part
connects to the control circuit splitter box 1a.
Mechanical locking ensures good quality connections and a firm hold.
It is compatible with all contactor ratings up to 25 A.
These modules are available in 4 versions: with or without contactor coil control
4 3 relay, and direct or reversing starter.
The version without relay is designed to control the contactor coils with no interface,
generally at 24 V d.c.
The connection module incorporates, in its lower part, the external connector 3 for
connecting an external contact in series with the contactor coil (as per the scheme
on page 15027/2).
The second item of contactor status data is available on a connector 4 which is left
to the choice of the user.

page 15021/4 pages 15025/2 to 15025/5 page 15021/5 pages 15026/2 and 15026/3 pages 15027/2 and 15027/3
15021-EN_Ver7.0.fm/3
Selection Installation system 0

Selection of a power and control splitter box

Three types of splitter box are available, depending on the required connection to the
1
PLC:
b Direct connection to the PLC via HE 10 connector and Telefast cable.
3
b Connection to the control system via Tego module.
b Connection to the control system via AS-Interface bus
TSX DMZ16DTK
Direct connection via 8I/8O HE 10 connector

An HE 10 connector on the top of control splitter box APP 2R4H1 1, provides the
contactor status (1 input) and the coil control (1 output) for each starter.
This HE 10 connector can feed data back to up to 8 starters.
The Telefast cable 3 is selected according to the PLC environment (see pages
15024/2 and 15024/3).
8I/8O
API
3
ABE 1ACC02
HE 10
1
8I/8O 3 16I
APE 16O API
3 1R1628
3 3 3
Direct connection via 16I/8O HE 10 connectors

3
Two HE 10 connectors on the top of control splitter box APP 2R4H2 2 provide the
TSX DMZ64DTK
circuit-breaker status (1 input), the contactor status (1 input) and the coil control
(1 output) for each starter.
2 These HE 10 connectors can feed data back to up to 8 starters.
The Telefast cables 3 are selected according to the PLC environment (see pages
15024/2 and 15024/3).
16I
API
3
HE 10
2 3 1
HE 10
2
8O ABE 16O
API
3 7ACC02 3
Connection via Tego module APP 1Cppp

Control splitter boxes APP 2RpE 1 (2 or 4 starters) are connected to the PLC via a
Tego module APP 1Cppp 2. An adapter APP 2CX 3 must be used to connect the
module to the control splitter box.
These modules can feed data back to up to 8 starters.
The module is selected according to the type of connection required: terminal block,
HE 10 connector or bus (see page 15023/2).
The advantages of using Tego modules are:
- the ability to use terminal block connection,
- when connecting using an HE 10 connector APP 1CH and AS-Interface connector
APP 1CAS2, it is possible to choose, for each starter, feedback of either the
contactor or circuit-breaker status on the one hand and use the available I/O for
external data (if there are fewer than 8 starters) or to access the Fipio, INTERBUS S,
Profibus DP, CANopen, DeviceNet buses.
Presentation : Characteristics : References : Dimensions : Schemes :

pages 15020/2 and 15020/3 pages 15025/2 to 15025/5 page 15021/5 pages 15026/2 and 15026/3 pages 15027/2 and 15027/3
15021-EN_Ver7.0.fm/4
References Installation system 0

563641
Basic components (to be completed by adding prewired products)

Description Kit composition Reference Weight
kg
Assembly and 1 plate LAD 311 for GV2 ME and LAD 352 0.078
power connection kit 2 power connection modules LAD 341
Reversing kit 1 set of busbars and 1 mechanical interlock (1)
Description Maximum Use Sold in Reference Weight

connection c.s.a. lots of kg
Upstream 16 mm2 (2) Power supply to 1 or 2 power 1 LAD 3B1 0.212
terminal block splitter boxes or power control
splitter box
LAD 352
Outgoing 6 mm2 Connection of motor cables 10 LAD 331 0.050
terminal block
Prewired power connection (control connection wired by the user)
503797
Description Type of No. of I/O Extension by No. of Reference Weight

control-command per starter starters
connection on
control system side kg
Power splitter box, LAD 32p 2 LAD 322 0.120
60 A 4 LAD 324 0.240
LAD 3B1
Prewired power and control connections

563643
Description Type of No. of I/O Extension by No. of Reference Weight

control-command per starter starters
connection on
control system side kg
LAD 331
Power and control 1 x HE 10 8I/8O 1I/1O (3) APP 2RpE 4 APP 2R4H1 0.348
splitter box, 60 A up to 8 starters
1 x HE 10 16I and 2I/1O (3) APP 2RpE 4 APP 2R4H2 0.358
1 x HE 10 8O up to 8 starters
510365
By module APP 2RpE 2 APP 2R2E 0.178

APP 1Cppp (4) up to 8 starters 4 APP 2R4E 0.348
Description Model d Type of Type of Reference Weight

coil voltage coil control relay starter kg
LAD 324 Control connection a 12... 240 V Electromechanical (5) Direct APP 2D1 0.120
module or c 24...125 V Reversing APP 2D2 0.230
(incorporating contact
c 24 V Without relay (6) Direct APP 2D1D 0.110
block GV AE20)
Reversing APP 2D2D 0.220
563640
Spare or replacement parts

Description Type of No. of I/O No. of Sold in Unit Weight
control-command per starter starters lots of reference
connection on kg
control system side
APP 2R4H1
Plate for mounting a 1 10 LAD 311 0.042
GV2 ME circuit-breaker
563644
and a contactor
Power 1 10 LAD 341 0.018
connection module
Control-command 1 x HE 10 8I/8O 1 I/1O 4 1 APP 2R4H3 0.108
splitter box 1 x HE 10 16I 2I/1O 4 1 APP 2R4H4 0.118
(single, for mounting and 1 x HE 10 8O
on a power splitter box)
By module 2 1 APP 2R2C 0.058
APP 1Cppp (4) 4 1 APP 2R4C 0.108
Replacement electromechanical relay 1 10 ABR 7S23 0.010
(for control connection module)
(1) The following are needed to build a model d reversing starter: 2 contactors LC1 D, 2 mounting plates LAD 311, 1 mechanical
interlock LAD 9V2, 1 upstream power connection kit and 1 downstream power connection kit:
- upstream power connection kit LAD 9V10: installed in the Quickfit system with power connection module LAD 341,
- downstream power connection kit LAD 9V11: installed in the Quickfit system with outgoing terminal block LAD 331 (if LAD 331
is not used, replace LAD 9V11 with LAD 9V13).
(2) Cables with one end pre-crimped are available to allow fast connection. References :
1 set of 3 x 6 mm2 cables (length 1m: LAD 3B061, length 2m: LAD 3B062 and length 3m: LAD 3B063),
APP 2D1p 1 set of 3 x 10 mm2 cables (length 1m: LAD 3B101, length 2m: LAD 3B102 and length 3m: LAD 3B103),
1 set of 3 x 16 mm2 cables (length 1m: LAD 3B161, length 2m : LAD 3B162 and length 3m: LAD 3B163).
(3) Cables with 20-way Telefast HE 10 connector, in accordance with selection table on page 15024/3.
(4) Connection to an APP 1Cppp module via adapter APP 2CX (see page 15023/3).
(5) Relay supplied mounted in the front panel of the control connection.
(6) The use of TeSys model d low consumption contactors is recommended.
Presentation : Description : Characteristics : Dimensions : Schemes :

pages 15020/2 and 15020/3 pages 15021/2 and 15021/3 pages 15025/2 to 15025/5 pages 15026/2 and 15026/3 pages 15027/2 and 15027/3
15021-EN_Ver7.0.fm/5
Selection Installation system 0

Selecting Tego Power communication modules

Communication modules are selected according to the type of connection required:
2 - by removable screw or spring terminal blocks,
- parallel via HE 10 connector and Telefast cable,
- serial via bus (AS-Interface bus, Fipio, INTERBUS and S optical, Profibus DP and
DP optical, CANopen or DeviceNet modules).
In the Quickfit version (spring terminals), connecting a module to power and control
splitter box APP 2R requires fitting of an APP 2CX adapter.
b Terminal block connection
Modules APP 1CV and APP 1CE are removable terminal block modules - screw or
spring - with 16 inputs/8 outputs, which can be used for wire-to-wire connection of
data from the circuit-breaker and contactor contacts and of the coil control outputs of
each motor starter. The removable terminal blocks are supplied with the modules.
3 b Parallel connection via HE 10 connector
Module APP 1CH 1 is an 8 input/8 output module, fitted with an HE 10 connector for
fast connection to PLCs using a prefabricated Telefast cable (see selection guide,
page 15024/2).
Connection to a TSX Micro PLC is direct using the TSX DMZ16DTK 8 input/8 output
module 2 and the ABF H20Hpp0 or TSX CDPpp3 Telefast cable 3.
b Serial connection via bus
AS-Interface module APP 1CAS2 is an 8 input/8 output module for connection on the
AS-Interface bus (2 addresses).
The following modules: Fipio bus APP 1CFI0, INTERBUS APP 1CIB0, Profibus DP
APP 1CPF0, CANopen APP 1CCO0 and DeviceNet APP 1CDN0 are 16 input/8
output modules for connecting APP 1Bp sub-bases.
1 The following modules: Fipio bus APP 1CFI2, INTERBUS APP 1CIB2 and INTERBUS
fibre optic APP 1CIB5, Profibus DP APP 1CPF2, CANopen APP 1CCO2 and DeviceNet
APP 1CDN2 have a total of 32 inputs/24 outputs, i.e.:
v 16 inputs/8 outputs for connection of splitter boxes with up to 8 starters,
v an additional 2 x 8 inputs/8 outputs available on 2 x HE 10 connectors 4,
compatible with Telefast cables and therefore with HE 10 module APP 1CH 1, and
with Telefast sub-bases ABE 7H16CMp1 or ABE 7p16M111 or with Tego Dial
4
sub-base APE 1B24M.
b Notes on 8 input/8 output modules
Modules APP 1CH (HE 10 connector) and APP 1CAS2 (AS-Interface 8 inputs/
4
APP 1CIB2 8 outputs) are fitted with a 4-switch system for making the following selections:
v switches C and D: option to feed back to the PLC data from either the
circuit-breaker contactor, or from the contactor on each of the 8 starters,
8 starters v switch E: an external input can be selected for each of the 4 end starters (nos. 5
to 8) if the starter is not being used,
v switch F: an external output can be selected for each of the 4 end starters (nos. 5
to 8) if the starter is not being used.
1
Communication module selection table
Type of connection Number of HE 10 Number of Reference
connectors(1) I/O per HE 10 module
3 8 starters
HE 10 connector APP 1CH
Removable APP 1CV
screw terminal block
Removable APP 1CE
spring terminal block
1
AS-Interface bus APP 1CAS2
Fipio bus 0 APP 1CFI0
2 APP 1CFI2
8 starters
3 INTERBUS bus 0 APP 1CIB0
2 8I/8O APP 1CIB2
INTERBUS optical bus 2 8I/8O APP 1CIB5
ABE 7ppp Profibus DP bus 0 APP 1CPF0
or
APE 1B24M 2 8I/8O APP 1CPF2
CANopen bus 0 APP 1CCO0
2 8I/8O APP 1CCO2
3 DeviceNet bus 0 APP 1CDN0
2 8I/8O APP 1CDN2
(1) HE 10 connector for connecting either module APP 1CH, or a Telefast sub-base
ABE 7H16CMp1 or ABE 7p16M111, or the Tego Dial Dialbase interface APE 1B24M.
Presentation : Characteristics : References : Dimensions, schemes :

page 15020/3 pages 15025/4 and 15025/5 page 15023/3 pages 15026/2 to 15027/3
15023-EN_Ver4.0.fm/2
References Installation system 0

Communication modules (1)

810112
Description Type of Number of Reference Weight

connection HE 10
or bus connectors
(2) kg
Communication Screw APP 1CV 0.390
modules with terminal
block Spring APP 1CE 0.356
Communication HE 10 APP 1CH 0.343

modules with connector
Communication AS-Interface APP 1CAS2 0.416
modules via bus
Fipio APP 1CFI0 0.530
APP 1CH 2 APP 1CFI2 0.530
INTERBUS APP 1CIB0 0.530
2 APP 1CIB2 0.530
INTERBUS 2 APP 1CIB5 0.530

optical
Profibus DP APP 1CPF0 0.530
2 APP 1CPF2 0.530
CANopen APP 1CCO0 0.530
2 APP 1CCO2 0.530
DeviceNet APP 1CDN0 0.530
2 APP 1CDN2 0.530

810114
Accessories for communication modules

Description Characteristics Sold in Unit Weight
lots of reference
kg
Adapter For communication 1 APP 2CX 0.130
modules APP 1Cp
HE 10 intelligent 24 V Ue/30 V max 1 APE 1R1628 0.130
splitter box Output type:
16I/16O to 2 x 8I/8O 2.6 W tungsten
filament light
APE 1R1628 Splitter sub-base 1 ABE 7ACC02 0.075
16I/16O to 2 x 8I/8O
810115
Spring terminal 2-pin, 10 APE 1PRE21 0.020

connections 5 mm pitch
Wire c.s.a.:
0.22.5 mm.
Self-stripping 2-pin, 16 APE 1PAD21 0.020
connector 5 mm pitch
(for external I/O on Wire c.s.a.:
modules APP 1CH 0.75 mm
and APP 1CAS2)
IDC connector for Yellow 5 LA9 Z32825 0.100
AS-Interface bus
ABE 7ACC02
(1) Use adapter APP 2CX for connecting a Quickfit version module (spring terminals).
(2) For connecting additional external I/O.
810113
APE 1PAD21
Presentation : Characteristics : Selection : Dimensions, schemes :

page 15020/3 pages 15025/4 and 15025/5 page 15023/2 pages 15026/2 to 15027/3
15023-EN_Ver4.0.fm/3
Choice of connection Motor starters - open version 1
between the APP-1CH Installation system

Tego Power for motor power-starter components
communication module
and the PLC
PLC Components necessary for connecting the PLC
Brand/ Connection PLC Compatible Communication Control Telefast Splitter box Splitter box
Type modularity terminal PLC module or splitter box cables 16 In + 16 Out 16 (2x8)
blocks cards control splitter 16 I/8 O
box with (2 x 8l+80)
81/80
APP-1CH or APP- ABF-H20H//0 APE-1R1628 ABE-7ACC02
APP-2R4H1/H3 2RH2/H4 TSX CDP//3 (1) (2)
Telemecanique 8 In + 8 Out TSXDMZ16DTK 1 1

Micro
16 In + 16 Out TSXDMZ64DTK 1 1 1
1 2 1
Telemecanique 16 In + 16 Out TSXDEY32D2K/64D2K, 1 1 1

Premium TSXDSY32T2K/64T2K, 1 2 1
TSXDEY16FK
Telemecanique 16 In + 16 Out TSXBLK71 + TSXDET32// , 1 1 1

TSX 47-107 TSXBLK91 + TSXDST3292 1 1 1
Modicon 16 In + 16 Out DA0216, DAP216/217, 1 1 1

Compact 984/ DE0216, DEP217/220, 1 1 1
A120 DEP216
Modicon 32 In + 32 Out DDI353/853, DD0353 1 1 1

Quantum 1 1 1
April 32 In + 32 Out IDB3224, QDB3205, 1 1 1

QPA3205 1 1 1
Siemens 8 In + 8 Out (included in 4218MA12/4318MA11 1

95U/100U Telefast cable) 4418MA11/4518MA11
16 In + 16 Out 6EP- 4828MA13 1 1 1

5//// AA00 1
Siemens 8 In + 8 Out 6EP- 4207LA11, 4307LA12, 1

115U 16 In + 8 Out 5//// 1AA00 4417LA11, 4517LA11/21 1
135/155U 8In + 8 Out 6EP- 4204UA14, 4304UA14, 1

16 In + 8 Out 5//// 1AA00 4414UA14, 451-UA14 1
Siemens 8 In + 8 Out 6ES79213A- 3211B /0/ -0AA0, 1

S7-300 16 In + 16 Out B000AA0 3221B/ 0/ -0AA0 1
S7-400 8 In + 8 Out 6ES79213A- 4211B /0/ -0AA0 1

16 In + 16 Out B000AA0 4221B/ 0/ -0AA0 1
Allen Bradley 16 In + 16 Out 1746OB16/1746IB16 1 1 1

SLC500 1 1 1
32 In + 32 Out 1746IB32, 1746OV32, 1 1 1

1746OB32 1 1 1
(1) 8 inputs + 8 outputs remain available. To connect a second APP1CH module or APP2/// 8 input + 8 output control splitter box, use an additional ABF-
H20H//0 or TSXCDP //4 cable.
(2) 8 outputs remain available on ABE7ACC02. To connect them to a second AAP2/// 16 input/8 output control splitter box, use an additional ABF-H20//0 or
TSXCDP //3 cable.

1
Telefast cables for connection to the PLC
ABF- ABF- ABF- ABF- ABF- ABF- ABF- ABF- ABF- ABF- ABF- ABF-
H20H//0 H20H//1 H28H//0 H14H//0 S16//H0 H40H//0 H40H//1 R16H//0 R16H//1 M16H//0 M16H//1 H32H//0 H16H//0 M32H//0 A32H//0
or
TSX-
CDP///
2
1
2
2
1 1
1 1
2
2
2
2
2
1 1
1
1 1
1
1 1
1
1 1
1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1

Characteristics Installation system 0
Type of sub-base and splitter box APP 2Rpp, LAD 32p

General environment
Standard IEC 60439-1
Product certifications UL, CSA
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 40 (mounted assembly)
Resistance to Conforming to IEC 60695-2-1 C 960
incandescent wire
Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 11 ms and 15 gn (half sine wave)
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 gn 5300 Hz: 4 and 3100 Hz: 0.7
and BV/LR
Resistance to Conforming to IEC 61000-4-2 Level 3
electrostatic discharge
Resistance to radiated fields Conforming to IEC 61000-4-3 V/m 10 (261000 MHz)
Immunity to Conforming to IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3
fast transient currents
Surge withstand Conforming to IEC 61000-4-5 kV 2 in common mode, 0.6 in differential mode
Wave form: 1.2/50 s - 8/20 s
Immunity to Conforming to IEC 61000-4-6 V 10 (0.15...80 MHz)
radio electrical fields
Ambient air temperature Operation in C - 5+ 60
floor-standing enclosure
Operation in C - 5+ 40
wall-mounted enclosure
Storage C - 40+ 70
Space required For inserting cables and heat mm > 30
around mounted assembly dissipation
Degree of pollution 3
Assembly fixing On 35 mm rail or with 2 x 5.5 mm screws on plate for GV2 ME
Suitable wire Voltage supply Number of wires 3
c.s.a. for power Flexible cable with cable end mm 16
Flexible cable without cable end mm 25
Solid cable mm 25
Voltage supply Number of wires 2
for contactor Flexible cable with cable end mm 1.5
coil control (max)
Flexible cable without cable mm 2.5
end (max)
Solid cable (max) mm 2.5
3-phase power circuit characteristics

Maximum Per power Conforming to IEC 60439-1 A 63 (single power supply to one or more sub-bases or splitter boxes)
current supply
Per sub-base Conforming to IEC 60439-1 A 63
GV2 operating limit 80 % of Imax at 60 C ambient temperature (see table on opposite page)
Maximum current per starter A 25 (with an empty slot between two starters)
Insulation voltage V 750
U imp kV 6
Rated operating frequency Hz 50-60
Rated conditional Conforming to IEC 60439-1 kA 50
short-circuit current Isc at 415 V
Permissible Conforming to IEC 60439-1 kA 9.1 (for 70 ms)
short-time rating Icw
Contactor coil control voltage V a 12250
V c 5250
Presentation, description : Selection : References : Dimensions : Schemes :

pages 15020/2 to 15021/3 pages 15021/4 and 15023/2 pages 15021/5 and 15023/3 pages 15026/2 and 15026/3 pages 15027/2 and 15027/3
15025-EN_Ver4.0.fm/2
Characteristics (continued) Installation system 0
Table of GV2 circuit-breaker current limitation at 60C ambient temperature with Tego Power
Circuit-breaker reference GV2 ratings (1) Maximum current of GV2 with Tego Power
GV2 ME06 1 - 1.6 A 1.28 A
GV2 ME07 1.6 - 2.5 A 2A
GV2 ME08 2.5 - 4 A 3.2 A
GV2 ME10 4 - 6.3 A 5A
GV2 ME14 6 - 10 A 8A
GV2 ME16 9 - 14 A 11.2 A
GV2 ME20 13 - 18 A 14.4 A
GV2 ME21 17 - 23 A 18 A
(1) Thermal trip setting range.
Electromechanical relay characteristics

Type of connection block APP 2D1, APP 2D2
Characteristics of the electromechanical relay control circuit (PLC side)
Rated voltage at Us V c 24
Energisation threshold at 40 C V c 19.2
Drop-out voltage at 20 C V c 2.4
Maximum operational voltage V c 30
Maximum current at Us mA 15
Drop-out current at 20 C mA 1
Maximum power dissipated at Us W 0.36
Disappearance of voltage ms 5
Characteristics of the electromechanical relay output circuit

Contact type 1 N/O
Maximum switching voltage V a 250
V c 250
Frequency of the operating current Hz 50/60
Maximum current of the contact A 4
Other characteristics of the electromechanical relay

Maximum operating time at Us Between coil energisation ms 10
(including bounce) and closing of the contact
Between coil de-energisation ms 5
and opening of the contact
Maximum operating rate No-load Hz 10
At Ie Hz 0.5
Mechanical life In millions of operating cycles 20
Dielectric strength V 1000 (50/60 Hz) - 1 min
Rated impulse withstand voltage kV 2.5
Primary/secondary rated insulation voltage V 300
Maximum current for 24 V - DC13 A 0.6
500 000 operations 230 V - AC15 A 0.9

15025-EN_Ver4.0.fm/3
Type of module APP 1CV, APP 1CE APP 1CH APP 2R4H1/H3 APP 2R4H2/H4
Characteristics of parallel link communication modules and control splitter boxes
Number of channels Inputs 16 8 8 16
Outputs 8 8 8 8
Display of supply voltages (V In, V Out) By LED By LED
Input characteristics Supply voltage cV 24 24 24 24
Max. current per channel mA 20 20 20 20
Total max. current mA 320 160 160 320
Output characteristics Operational voltage cV 24 24 24 24
Max. current per channel mA 500 100 500 500
Total max. current A 1 1 2 2
Connection to the sub-base By 30-way HE 10 connector
No. of 20-way HE 10 connectors per Telefast cable 1 (8I/8O) 1 (8I/8O) 1 (16I) and 1 (8O)
Connection of the 24 V supply By removable connector on 5.08 mm pitch, provided.
Cable c.s.a.: 2.5 mm2 without cable end, 1.5 mm2 with cable end
Tightening torque: 0.8 Nm

Connection of external I/O By removable connector
on 5.08 mm pitch, not provided.
Cable c.s.a.: 2.5 mm2 without cable end,

1.5 mm2 with cable end.
Tightening torque: 0.8 Nm

15025-EN_Ver4.0.fm/4
Type of module APP 1CAS2 APP 1CIB0, APP 1CCO0, APP 1CIB2/5, APP 1CCO2,
APP 1CPF0, APP 1CDN0, APP 1CPF2, APP 1CDN2,
APP 1CFI0 APP 1CFI2
Characteristics of communication via bus modules
Ambient air temperature C 0+ 55
Number of channels Inputs 8 16 16 + (2 x 8 external

on HE 10) = 32
Outputs 8 8 8 + (2 x 8 external
on HE 10) = 24
Supply Via the AS-Interface bus External by removable connector on 5.08 mm pitch
Indication By LED By LED

(I/O and power supply) (I/O faults and communication)
Current consumption on the bus mA < 280 x 2
Inputs V 24
mA 5 per input
Outputs V 24
mA 50 per output 500 per output

(relay compulsory)
AS-Interface profile S7.0 x 2
Connection to the sub-base By 30-way HE 10 connector
Connection of external I/O By two 20-way

HE 10 connectors
Connection to the bus By 2-way removable APP 1CIB0, APP 1CIB2: 2 shielded SUB-D 9 connectors:
connector, on 5.08 mm - male for signal input,
pitch - female for signal output.
APP 1CPF0, APP 1CPF2: Shielded SUB-D 9 connector:
APP 1CC0p, APP 1CDNp: 5-way connector, on 5.08 mm
pitch.
APP 1CIB5: F SMA fibre optic connector.
APP 1CFI0, APP 1CFI2: SUB-D 9 connectors
(TSX FPACC12)

15025-EN_Ver4.0.fm/5
Dimensions Installation system 0
Communication module APP 1Cp Adapter APP 2CX
102,7
254
254
50
128,7 a
APP a
147
1CH 35
1CV 35
1CE 35
1CAS2 35
1CIBp 45
1CPFp 45 35
1CC0p 45 51
1CDNp 45
Splitter sub-base ABE 7ACC02 Active splitter APE 1R1628

22
A B C
58
70
35
90
35
15 50
48 15 88
57 48
57
Presentation, description : Selection : Characteristics : References :

pages 15020/2 to 15021/3 pages 15021/4 and 15023/2 pages 15025/2 to 15025/5 pages 15021/5 and 15023/3
15026-EN_Ver4.0.fm/2
Dimensions (continued) Installation system 0
Mounted assembly (Tego Power with Quickfit technology for components with spring terminals)
1
1
247
278
229
318
6
2
150
7
35
91,5 a 16 b
113 b1
147
1 Circuit-breaker and contactor support plate APP a

2 Power connection module 1CH 35
3 Power splitter box 1CV 35
4 Control splitter box 1CE 35
5 Upstream terminal block 1CAS2 35
6 Control connection module 1CIBp 45
7 Outgoing terminal block 1CPFp 45
1CC0p 45
1CDNp 45
b b1
2 starters 90 141
4 starters 180 231
8 starters 360 411

15026-EN_Ver4.0.fm/3
Schemes Installation system 0

Basic schemes of control-command circuit for a direct starter created using components with spring terminals
(conforming to standards Low voltage installation regulations C 15-100 and Machine safety NF EN 60205-1)
Direct starter with relay Direct starter without relay
APP2 D1 APP2 D1D
(N)
(+)
Sx
Sx
KM1
(1)
0V
E1 x E1 x
13
21
13
21
KM1 (4) (5) KM1
(2) (2) (4)
14
22
14
22
C
+ VIn + VIn
C
(3) (3)
R R
23
13
23
13
Q1 Q1
24
14
24
14
E2 x E2 x
(Ph)
( ) 0V
B A B A
APP2 D2 APP2 D2D
(N) Sx
Sx (+)
KM1 (1) E1 x
13
22 21
0V KM1
E1 x (2)
14
13
22 21
KM1 C
(2) + VIn (4)
(3)
14
(4) R
C + VIn
(3)
23
13
R
Q1
23
13
14
E2 x
24
Q1
0V
14
E2 x
24
(Ph)
( ) Sx
Sx (N) E1 x
(+)
21
13
KM2 (1) 0V KM2 (4)

(4) (2)
13
22 21
KM2 E1 x
14
22
(2) C
+ VIn (6)
14
C + VIn (6)
R (3)
R (3)
B A B A
A Control splitter box.

B Control connection module.
Q1 Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker.
(1) Interface relay (version with relay).
(2) Contactor coil.
(3) External shunt on the lower part of the control connection module.
(4) To HE 10 connector on control splitter box for connection to PLC:
- Sx: contactor coil control,
- E1x: contactor status,
- E2x: circuit-breaker status.
(5) Control voltage of coils supplied by the 2-way connector on the splitter box.
(6) Splitter box shunt.

15027-EN_Ver4.0.fm/2

Components with screw terminals
Accessories for communication modules

Splitter sub-base ABE 7ACC02
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
B C
Intelligent splitter box APE 1R1628

24 V IN
0 V IN
24 V OUT
0 V OUT
16
17
18
20
16
17
18
20
19
19
X1 X2
1
X3 X4
1
8
9
16
17
18
20
16
17
18
20
19
19

15027-EN_Ver4.0.fm/3

Communication modules APP 1CE and APP 1CV
KM1
KM8
Km1
Km8
Q1
Q8
KmO.1
KmO.8
QI.1
QI.8
KMI.1
KMI.8

X1 X2 X3 X4 V In V Out
B
24 V power supply:
VIn: inputs
A Tego Power sub-base. VOut: outputs
B Communication module.
X1 Removable terminal block for connecting circuit-breaker contacts 1 to 8 (terminals QI.1 to QI.8).
X2 Removable terminal block for connecting contactor contacts 1 to 8 (terminals KMI.1 to KMI.8).
X3 Removable terminal block for connecting interface relay contacts 1 to 8 (terminals KmO.1 to KmO.8).
X4 Removable terminal block for I/O 24 V supply
Communication modules, CANopen APP 1CCO2 and DeviceNet APP 1CDN2

Q1
Q4
Q5
Q8
KM1
KM4
KM5
KM8
KA1
KA5
KA4
KA8
A
0 V COM
24 V IN
8 inputs 8 inputs 8 outputs
24 V OUT
24 V OUT
24 V OUT
0 V COM
0 V COM
0 V COM
0 V COM
0 V COM
0 V COM
24 V IN
24 V IN
(1) 24 V IN
18
20
18
20
18
20
17
19
17
19
17
19
16
16
1
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5
B
8 inputs 8 outputs 8 inputs 8 outputs
(1) CANopen or DeviceNet bus

A Tego Power sub-base.
B Communication module.
X1 Removable 5-way terminal block for bus connection.
X2 Address switch.
X3, X4 20-way HE 10 connectors for connection of 8 external inputs and 8 external outputs.
X5 Removable terminal block, 4-way on 5.08 mm pitch, for connection of the 24 V IN and 24 V OUT module power supplies.
Communication module INTERBUS APP 1CIB2 Communication module Profibus DP APP 1CPF2
Except for X1 and X2, scheme identical to scheme shown above. Except for X1 and X2, scheme identical to scheme shown above.
8 inputs 8 inputs
address
OUT
IN
X1 X2 X1 X2
B B
X1 Male SUB-D connector for the INTERBUS input X1 Female SUB-D connector for the Profibus DP connection.
X2 Female SUB-D connector for the INTERBUS output. X2 Address switches.

15027-EN_Ver4.0.fm/4

Communication module APP 1CH, scheme and operating principle.

Switches C and D are used to select feedback from the contactor or circuit-breaker contact (pins 1 to 8 on the HE 10 connector), for each starter. In addition, on
the last 4 starters, it is possible to choose between feedback from the contactor or circuit-breaker contacts and an external input (switch E and pins 5 to 8 on the
HE 10 connector). The external inputs are connected to terminals I.4 to I.7.
Interface relays are connected to pins 9 to 16 of the HE 10 connector. For the last 4 starters, it is possible to choose either coil control (Km5 to Km8) or connection
of local external outputs (terminals Q.4 to Q.7) using switch F.
KM1
KM4
KM5
KM8
Q1
Q4
Q5
Q8
Km1
Km5
Km8
Km4
A
C D F
24 V OUT
E
0 V OUT
24 V IN
0 V IN
Q.4
Q.7
13
16
17
18
19
20
I.4
I.7
1
8
9
12

X1 + + X2 X3 X4 VIn VOut
B
24 V power supply:
VIn: inputs
Local inputs Local outputs VOut: outputs
Option of connecting 4 local external inputs and

4 local external outputs: selection via switches F and E.
Communication module APP 1CAS2, scheme and operating principle.

Same operating principle as module APP 1 CH: switches E and F are used to select the local I/O and switches C and D are used to select the contactor or
circuit-breaker contact. With this module, the data is feed back to the PLC via the AS-Interface bus.
KM1
KM4
KM5
KM8
Km1
Km5
Km8
Km4
Q1
Q4
Q5
Q8
C D F
E
E1
E4
E5
E8
S1
S4
S5
S8
+

AS-i
AS-i +
AS-i
AS-i +
O.5
O.8
I.5
+
I.8
+

AS-i
AS-i +
Bus AS-Interface
X2 X3 X4
B
Local inputs Local outputs

A Tego Power sub-base. Option of connecting 4 local external inputs and
B Communication module. 4 local external outputs: selection via switches F and E.
X1 20-way HE 10 connector.
X2, X3 Removable terminal blocks, 8 pins on 5.08 mm pitch, for connection of 4 external inputs and 4 external outputs.
X4 Removable terminal blocks, 4 pins on 5.08 mm pitch, for the I/O 24 V power supply (APP 1CH), for the AS-Interface bus (APP 1CAS2).
C, D Switches for selecting between feedback to the PLC from either the circuit-breaker or contactor status contact for each of the 8 starters.
E Switch for each of the last 4 starters (5 to 8), for selecting between feedback to the PLC of either the circuit-breaker or contactor status (result of switch D)
or an external input (if the starter is not used).
F Switch for each of the last 4 starters (5 to 8) for selecting between controlling the contactor coil or an external output (if the starter is not used).

15027-EN_Ver4.0.fm/5

1.motor Starters - Open Versions

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

1.motor Starters - Open Versions

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Contents 1 - Motor starters - open version

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 1/4

1 Combination automatic motor starters

Combinations for assembly by the customer

# 90 to 375 kW, without isolating device

integral 18, 32 and 63 contactor breakers and

integral 18 contactor breakers and reversing

1/0 Schneider Electric

integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing

Adaptors for use with busbar systems

Installation system Tego Power for motor

# Components with spring terminals, using Quickfit technology . . . . . . page 1/153

Schneider Electric 1/1

t To ensure proper type 2 coordination, the standard requires 3 fault current

Current Ic (overload I < 10 In)

Standard IEC 947-4-1 specifies the 2 tests to be performed to guarantee

Current r (low level short-circuit 10 < I < 50 In)

1 Motor thermal overload relay curve Operational current Ie Current r

Current Iq (short-circuit > 50 In)

24519_Ver3.10-EN.fm/2 Schneider Electric

The most frequently used solution.

Example: air conditioning in commercial premises,...

This solution ensures reliability of operation

With this solution, no damage or misadjustment is permissible

Example : smoke extraction, fire-fighting pumps,...

Schneider Electric 24519_Ver3.10-EN.fm/3

Applications Pre-assembled starters

Level of service Type 1 co-ordination Type 2 co-ordination

Power at 400 V Up to 5.5 kW Up to 15 kW Up to 37 kW Up to 45 kW

0248Q-EN_Ver2.11.fm/2 Schneider Electric

Starters for customer assembly

Total co-ordination Type 1 and type 2 co-ordination

Up to 132 kW Up to 30 kW Up to 110 kW Up to 315 kW Up to 315 kW Up to 355 kW

Schneider Electric 0248Q-EN_Ver2.11.fm/3

Combination automatic motor starters

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.37 to 5.5 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises:

Starter type GV2- ME06K1 ME07K1 ME08K1 ME10K1 ME14K1 ME16K1

Breaking capacity (Iq) (1) To IEC-947-4-1 400/415 V kA 50 50 50 50 50 15

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing

Standard Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight

0.37 0.37 0.37 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC1-K06 GV2-ME06K1pp 0.460

0.75 0.75 1.62.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC1-K06 GV2-ME07K1pp 0.460

1.1 1.5 2.54 51 GV2-ME08 LC1-K06 GV2-ME08K1pp 0.460

3 4 610 138 GV2-ME14 LC1-K09 GV2-ME14K1pp 0.460

5.5 5.5 7.5 914 170 GV2-ME16 LC1-K12 GV2-ME16K1pp 0.460

Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10 GV2-AF01 0.020

24520-EN_Ver5.2.fm/2 Schneider Electric

Combination automatic motor starters

D.O.L. starters, reversing, from 0.37 to 5.5 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination

This pre-assembled combination comprises:

Starter type GV2- ME06K2 ME07K2 ME08K2 ME10K2 ME14K2 ME16K2

Breaking capacity (Iq) (1) To IEC-947-4-1 400/415 V kA 50 50 50 50 50 15

D.O.L. starters, reversing

Standard Setting Fixed For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight

0.37 0.37 0.37 11.6 22.5 GV2-ME06 LC2-K06 GV2-ME06K2pp 0.460

0.75 0.75 1.62.5 33.5 GV2-ME07 LC2-K06 GV2-ME07K2pp 0.460

1.1 1.5 2.54 51 GV2-ME08 LC2-K06 GV2-ME08K2pp 0.460

3 4 610 138 GV2-ME14 LC2-K09 GV2-ME14K2pp 0.460

5.5 5.5 7.5 914 170 GV2-ME16 LC2-K12 GV2-ME16K2pp 0.460

Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10 GV2-AF01 0.020

Combination automatic motor starters

D.O.L. starters, non-reversing, from 0.06 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination